gtk/po-properties/gl.po

8538 lines
245 KiB
Plaintext
Raw Normal View History

2010-03-04 23:25:31 +00:00
# translation of gtk+-master-po-properties-gl-77816____.merged.po to Galician
# translation of gtk+-properties.gtk-2-10.po to
# Galician translation of gtk+.
# Copyright (C) 1999, 2000 Jesus Bravo Alvarez
#
# Proxecto Trasno - Adaptación do software libre á lingua galega: Se desexas
# colaborar connosco, podes atopar máis información en http://www.trasno.net
#
# First Version: 1999-08-30 18:49+0200
# Based on es.po by Pablo Saratxaga <srtxg@chanae.alphanet.ch>
# and pt.po by Nuno Ferreira <nmrf@rnl.ist.utl.pt>
#
2006-05-19 18:38:45 +00:00
# Jesus Bravo Alvarez <jba@pobox.com>, 1999, 2000.
# Ignacio Casal Quinteiro <nacho.resa@gmail.com>, 2005, 2006.
# Ignacio Casal Quinteiro <icq@svn.gnome.org>, 2008.
# Mancomún - Centro de Referencia e Servizos de Software Libre <g11n@mancomun.org>, 2009.
2009-11-13 10:27:54 +00:00
# Anton Meixome <certima@certima.net>, 2009.
2009-08-10 15:19:30 +00:00
# Antón Méixome <meixome@mancomun.org>, 2009.
2010-03-04 23:25:31 +00:00
# Antón Méixome <meixome@certima.net>, 2010.
2011-03-15 14:53:00 +00:00
# Fran Diéguez <frandieguez@gnome.org>, 2009, 2010, 2011.
# Fran Dieguez <frandieguez@gnome.org>, 2009, 2010, 2011.
2010-05-01 22:10:08 +00:00
#
msgid ""
msgstr ""
2010-03-04 23:25:31 +00:00
"Project-Id-Version: gtk+-master-po-properties-gl-77816____.merged\n"
2011-09-19 23:27:13 +00:00
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2011-09-20 01:26+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2011-09-20 01:27+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Fran Dieguez <frandieguez@gnome.org>\n"
2011-03-15 14:53:00 +00:00
"Language-Team: Galician <gnome-l10n-gl@gnome.org>\n"
2011-09-19 23:27:13 +00:00
"Language: gl\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n!=1);\n"
2009-08-10 15:19:30 +00:00
"X-Generator: KBabel 1.11.4\n"
2011-01-06 23:11:51 +00:00
#: ../gdk/gdkapplaunchcontext.c:129 ../gdk/gdkcursor.c:136
#: ../gdk/gdkdevicemanager.c:146
msgid "Display"
msgstr "Pantalla"
#: ../gdk/gdkcursor.c:128
msgid "Cursor type"
msgstr "Tipo de cursor"
#: ../gdk/gdkcursor.c:129
msgid "Standard cursor type"
msgstr "Tipo de cursor estándar"
#: ../gdk/gdkcursor.c:137
msgid "Display of this cursor"
2011-02-05 23:26:36 +00:00
msgstr "Visualización deste cursor"
2011-01-06 23:11:51 +00:00
#: ../gdk/gdkdevice.c:111
2010-08-27 21:25:56 +00:00
msgid "Device Display"
msgstr "Pantalla do dispositivo"
2011-01-06 23:11:51 +00:00
#: ../gdk/gdkdevice.c:112
2010-10-01 19:58:09 +00:00
msgid "Display which the device belongs to"
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
msgstr "Pantalla á que pertence o dispositivo"
2010-08-27 21:25:56 +00:00
2011-01-06 23:11:51 +00:00
#: ../gdk/gdkdevice.c:126
2010-08-27 21:25:56 +00:00
msgid "Device manager"
msgstr "Xestor de dispositivos"
2011-01-06 23:11:51 +00:00
#: ../gdk/gdkdevice.c:127
2010-10-01 19:58:09 +00:00
msgid "Device manager which the device belongs to"
2010-08-27 21:25:56 +00:00
msgstr "Xestor de dispositivos ao que pertence o dispositivos"
2011-01-06 23:11:51 +00:00
#: ../gdk/gdkdevice.c:141 ../gdk/gdkdevice.c:142
2010-08-27 21:25:56 +00:00
msgid "Device name"
msgstr "Nome do dispositivo"
2011-01-06 23:11:51 +00:00
#: ../gdk/gdkdevice.c:156
2010-08-27 21:25:56 +00:00
msgid "Device type"
msgstr "Tipo de dispositivo"
2011-01-06 23:11:51 +00:00
#: ../gdk/gdkdevice.c:157
2010-08-27 21:25:56 +00:00
msgid "Device role in the device manager"
msgstr "Rol do dispositivo no xestor de dispositivos"
2011-01-06 23:11:51 +00:00
#: ../gdk/gdkdevice.c:173
2010-08-27 21:25:56 +00:00
msgid "Associated device"
msgstr "Dispositivo asociado"
2011-01-06 23:11:51 +00:00
#: ../gdk/gdkdevice.c:174
2010-10-01 19:58:09 +00:00
msgid "Associated pointer or keyboard with this device"
2010-08-27 21:25:56 +00:00
msgstr "Punteiro ou teclado asociado a este dispositivo"
2011-01-06 23:11:51 +00:00
#: ../gdk/gdkdevice.c:187
2010-08-27 21:25:56 +00:00
msgid "Input source"
msgstr "Orixe de entrada"
2011-01-06 23:11:51 +00:00
#: ../gdk/gdkdevice.c:188
2010-08-27 21:25:56 +00:00
msgid "Source type for the device"
msgstr "Tipo de orixe para o dispositivo"
2011-01-06 23:11:51 +00:00
#: ../gdk/gdkdevice.c:203 ../gdk/gdkdevice.c:204
2010-08-27 21:25:56 +00:00
msgid "Input mode for the device"
msgstr "Modo de entrada para o dispositivo"
2011-01-06 23:11:51 +00:00
#: ../gdk/gdkdevice.c:219
2010-10-01 19:58:09 +00:00
msgid "Whether the device has a cursor"
2010-08-27 21:25:56 +00:00
msgstr "Indica se o dispositivo ten un cursor"
2011-01-06 23:11:51 +00:00
#: ../gdk/gdkdevice.c:220
2010-08-27 21:25:56 +00:00
msgid "Whether there is a visible cursor following device motion"
msgstr "Indica se hai un cursor visíbel seguindo o movemento do dispositivo"
2011-01-06 23:11:51 +00:00
#: ../gdk/gdkdevice.c:234 ../gdk/gdkdevice.c:235
2010-08-27 21:25:56 +00:00
msgid "Number of axes in the device"
msgstr "Número de eixos no dispositivo"
2011-01-06 23:11:51 +00:00
#: ../gdk/gdkdevicemanager.c:147
2010-08-27 21:25:56 +00:00
msgid "Display for the device manager"
msgstr "Pantalla para o xestor de dispositivos"
2011-04-30 21:52:35 +00:00
#: ../gdk/gdkdisplaymanager.c:162
msgid "Default Display"
2011-01-27 02:26:00 +00:00
msgstr "Pantalla predeterminada"
2011-04-30 21:52:35 +00:00
#: ../gdk/gdkdisplaymanager.c:163
msgid "The default display for GDK"
2011-01-27 02:26:00 +00:00
msgstr "Pantalla predeterminada para o GDK"
2011-03-15 14:53:00 +00:00
#: ../gdk/gdkscreen.c:92
msgid "Font options"
msgstr "Opcións de tipo de letra"
2011-03-15 14:53:00 +00:00
#: ../gdk/gdkscreen.c:93
msgid "The default font options for the screen"
2011-01-27 02:26:00 +00:00
msgstr "As opcións predeterminadas do tipo de letra para a pantalla"
2011-03-15 14:53:00 +00:00
#: ../gdk/gdkscreen.c:100
msgid "Font resolution"
msgstr "Resolución do tipo de letra"
2011-03-15 14:53:00 +00:00
#: ../gdk/gdkscreen.c:101
msgid "The resolution for fonts on the screen"
msgstr "A resolución para os tipos de letra na pantalla"
2011-05-09 11:08:53 +00:00
#: ../gdk/gdkwindow.c:376 ../gdk/gdkwindow.c:377
2009-08-19 11:39:19 +00:00
msgid "Cursor"
2009-08-19 14:26:24 +00:00
msgstr "Cursor"
2009-08-19 11:39:19 +00:00
2011-06-21 11:58:45 +00:00
#: ../gdk/x11/gdkdevicemanager-xi2.c:119
2011-01-06 23:11:51 +00:00
msgid "Opcode"
msgstr "Opcode"
2011-06-21 11:58:45 +00:00
#: ../gdk/x11/gdkdevicemanager-xi2.c:120
2011-01-06 23:11:51 +00:00
msgid "Opcode for XInput2 requests"
msgstr "Opcode para as solicitudes XInput2"
2011-03-15 14:53:00 +00:00
#: ../gdk/x11/gdkdevicemanager-xi.c:100
2010-08-27 21:25:56 +00:00
msgid "Event base"
msgstr "Evento base"
2011-03-15 14:53:00 +00:00
#: ../gdk/x11/gdkdevicemanager-xi.c:101
2010-08-27 21:25:56 +00:00
msgid "Event base for XInput events"
msgstr "Evento base para os eventos XInput"
2011-07-10 22:12:43 +00:00
#: ../gdk/x11/gdkdevice-xi2.c:130 ../gdk/x11/gdkdevice-xi.c:140
#: ../gdk/x11/gdkdevice-xi.c:141
msgid "Device ID"
msgstr "ID do dispositivo"
#: ../gdk/x11/gdkdevice-xi2.c:131
msgid "Device identifier"
msgstr "Identificador do dispotitivo"
#: ../gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:278
msgid "Program name"
msgstr "Nome do programa"
#: ../gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:279
msgid ""
"The name of the program. If this is not set, it defaults to "
"g_get_application_name()"
msgstr ""
2011-01-27 02:26:00 +00:00
"O nome do programa. Se non se define, usarase de forma predeterminada "
"g_get_application_name()"
#: ../gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:293
msgid "Program version"
msgstr "Versión do programa"
#: ../gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:294
msgid "The version of the program"
msgstr "A versión do programa"
#: ../gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:308
msgid "Copyright string"
2009-08-10 15:19:30 +00:00
msgstr "Cadea de dereitos de autor"
#: ../gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:309
msgid "Copyright information for the program"
2009-08-10 15:19:30 +00:00
msgstr "Información de dereitos de autor do programa"
#: ../gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:326
msgid "Comments string"
msgstr "Cadea de comentarios"
#: ../gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:327
msgid "Comments about the program"
msgstr "Comentarios sobre o programa"
#: ../gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:377
2010-08-11 16:19:34 +00:00
msgid "License Type"
msgstr "Tipo de licenza"
#: ../gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:378
2010-08-11 16:19:34 +00:00
msgid "The license type of the program"
msgstr "O tipo de licenza do programa"
#: ../gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:394
msgid "Website URL"
msgstr "URL do sitio web"
#: ../gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:395
msgid "The URL for the link to the website of the program"
msgstr "O URL para a ligazón ao sitio web do programa"
#: ../gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:409
msgid "Website label"
msgstr "Etiqueta do sitio web"
#: ../gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:410
2011-01-06 23:11:51 +00:00
msgid "The label for the link to the website of the program"
msgstr "A etiqueta para a ligazón do sitio web para este sitio"
#: ../gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:426
msgid "Authors"
msgstr "Autores"
#: ../gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:427
msgid "List of authors of the program"
msgstr "Lista de autores do programa"
#: ../gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:443
msgid "Documenters"
msgstr "Documentadores"
#: ../gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:444
msgid "List of people documenting the program"
msgstr "Lista de persoas que documentan o programa"
#: ../gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:460
msgid "Artists"
msgstr "Artistas"
#: ../gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:461
msgid "List of people who have contributed artwork to the program"
msgstr "Lista de xente que contribuíu con material gráfico ao programa"
#: ../gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:478
msgid "Translator credits"
msgstr "Créditos de tradución"
#: ../gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:479
msgid ""
"Credits to the translators. This string should be marked as translatable"
msgstr "Créditos dos tradutores. Esta cadea deberá marcarse como traducíbel"
#: ../gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:494
msgid "Logo"
msgstr "Logotipo"
#: ../gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:495
msgid ""
"A logo for the about box. If this is not set, it defaults to "
"gtk_window_get_default_icon_list()"
msgstr ""
2011-01-27 02:26:00 +00:00
"Un logotipo para a caixa Sobre. Se non se define, o predeterminado é "
"gtk_window_get_default_icon_list()"
#: ../gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:510
msgid "Logo Icon Name"
msgstr "Nome da icona do logotipo"
#: ../gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:511
msgid "A named icon to use as the logo for the about box."
msgstr "Unha icona con nome para usar como logotipo na caixa Sobre."
#: ../gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:524
msgid "Wrap license"
msgstr "Axustar a licenza"
#: ../gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:525
msgid "Whether to wrap the license text."
msgstr "Indica se se debe axustar o texto da licenza."
2011-08-16 11:31:28 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkaccellabel.c:187
msgid "Accelerator Closure"
msgstr "Peche do acelerador"
2011-08-16 11:31:28 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkaccellabel.c:188
msgid "The closure to be monitored for accelerator changes"
msgstr "O peche que se vai monitorizar para os cambios no acelerador"
2011-08-16 11:31:28 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkaccellabel.c:194
msgid "Accelerator Widget"
msgstr "Widget do acelerador"
2011-08-16 11:31:28 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkaccellabel.c:195
msgid "The widget to be monitored for accelerator changes"
msgstr "O widget que se vai monitorizar para os cambios no acelerador"
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkaction.c:222 ../gtk/gtkactiongroup.c:228 ../gtk/gtkprinter.c:125
2011-08-16 11:31:28 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktextmark.c:126 ../gtk/gtkthemingengine.c:256
msgid "Name"
msgstr "Nome"
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkaction.c:223
msgid "A unique name for the action."
msgstr "Un nome único para a acción."
#: ../gtk/gtkaction.c:241 ../gtk/gtkbutton.c:227 ../gtk/gtkexpander.c:290
2011-08-24 19:03:09 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkframe.c:171 ../gtk/gtklabel.c:729 ../gtk/gtkmenuitem.c:383
#: ../gtk/gtktoolbutton.c:231 ../gtk/gtktoolitemgroup.c:1592
msgid "Label"
msgstr "Etiqueta"
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkaction.c:242
msgid "The label used for menu items and buttons that activate this action."
msgstr ""
"A etiqueta usada para os elementos de menú e botóns que activan esta acción."
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkaction.c:258
msgid "Short label"
msgstr "Etiqueta curta"
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkaction.c:259
msgid "A shorter label that may be used on toolbar buttons."
msgstr ""
"Unha etiqueta máis curta que poderá empregarse nos botóns da barra de "
"ferramentas."
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkaction.c:267
msgid "Tooltip"
msgstr "Indicación"
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkaction.c:268
msgid "A tooltip for this action."
msgstr "Unha indicación para esta acción."
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkaction.c:283
msgid "Stock Icon"
msgstr "Icona de inventario"
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkaction.c:284
msgid "The stock icon displayed in widgets representing this action."
msgstr ""
"A icona de inventario mostrada nos widgets que representan esta acción."
2011-04-30 21:52:35 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkaction.c:304 ../gtk/gtkstatusicon.c:275
msgid "GIcon"
msgstr "GIcon"
2011-04-30 21:52:35 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkaction.c:305 ../gtk/gtkcellrendererpixbuf.c:235
2011-07-10 22:12:43 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkimage.c:330 ../gtk/gtkstatusicon.c:276
msgid "The GIcon being displayed"
msgstr "A GIcon que se mostra"
2011-04-30 21:52:35 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkaction.c:325 ../gtk/gtkcellrendererpixbuf.c:200
2011-07-10 22:12:43 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkimage.c:312 ../gtk/gtkprinter.c:174 ../gtk/gtkstatusicon.c:259
2011-08-16 11:31:28 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwindow.c:757
msgid "Icon Name"
msgstr "Nome da icona"
2011-04-30 21:52:35 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkaction.c:326 ../gtk/gtkcellrendererpixbuf.c:201
2011-07-10 22:12:43 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkimage.c:313 ../gtk/gtkstatusicon.c:260
msgid "The name of the icon from the icon theme"
msgstr "O nome da icona do tema de iconas"
2011-04-30 21:52:35 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkaction.c:333 ../gtk/gtktoolitem.c:194
msgid "Visible when horizontal"
msgstr "Visíbel cando é horizontal"
2011-04-30 21:52:35 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkaction.c:334 ../gtk/gtktoolitem.c:195
msgid ""
"Whether the toolbar item is visible when the toolbar is in a horizontal "
"orientation."
msgstr ""
"Indica se o elemento da barra de ferramentas é visíbel cando a barra de "
"ferramentas está en orientación horizontal."
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkaction.c:349
msgid "Visible when overflown"
msgstr "Visíbel cando se desborda"
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkaction.c:350
msgid ""
"When TRUE, toolitem proxies for this action are represented in the toolbar "
"overflow menu."
msgstr ""
"Cando é TRUE, os proxies toolitem para esta acción represéntanse no menú de "
"desbordamento da barra de tarefas."
2011-04-30 21:52:35 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkaction.c:357 ../gtk/gtktoolitem.c:201
msgid "Visible when vertical"
msgstr "Visíbel cando é vertical"
2011-04-30 21:52:35 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkaction.c:358 ../gtk/gtktoolitem.c:202
msgid ""
"Whether the toolbar item is visible when the toolbar is in a vertical "
"orientation."
msgstr ""
"Indica se o elemento da barra de ferramentas é visíbel cando a barra de "
"ferramentas está en orientación vertical."
2011-04-30 21:52:35 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkaction.c:365 ../gtk/gtktoolitem.c:208
msgid "Is important"
msgstr "É importante"
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkaction.c:366
msgid ""
"Whether the action is considered important. When TRUE, toolitem proxies for "
"this action show text in GTK_TOOLBAR_BOTH_HORIZ mode."
msgstr ""
"Indica se a acción se considera importante. Cando é TRUE, os proxies "
"toolitem mostran o texto no modo GTK_TOOLBAR_BOTH_HORIZ."
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkaction.c:374
msgid "Hide if empty"
msgstr "Ocultar se está baleiro"
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkaction.c:375
msgid "When TRUE, empty menu proxies for this action are hidden."
msgstr ""
2009-08-10 15:19:30 +00:00
"Cando é TRUE, ocúltanse os proxies de menú baleiro para este aplicativo."
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkaction.c:381 ../gtk/gtkactiongroup.c:235
2011-08-16 11:31:28 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderer.c:290 ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:990
msgid "Sensitive"
msgstr "Sensíbel"
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkaction.c:382
msgid "Whether the action is enabled."
msgstr "Indica se a acción está activada."
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkaction.c:388 ../gtk/gtkactiongroup.c:242
2011-06-21 11:58:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkstatusicon.c:310 ../gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:248
2011-08-16 11:31:28 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:983
msgid "Visible"
msgstr "Visíbel"
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkaction.c:389
msgid "Whether the action is visible."
msgstr "Indica se a acción é visíbel."
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkaction.c:395
msgid "Action Group"
msgstr "Grupo de acción"
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkaction.c:396
msgid ""
"The GtkActionGroup this GtkAction is associated with, or NULL (for internal "
"use)."
msgstr ""
"O GtkActionGroup co que esta GtkAction está asociada ou NULL (para uso "
"interno)."
2011-04-30 21:52:35 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkaction.c:414 ../gtk/gtkimagemenuitem.c:194
2009-11-30 22:23:48 +00:00
msgid "Always show image"
msgstr "Mostrar sempre a imaxe"
2011-04-30 21:52:35 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkaction.c:415 ../gtk/gtkimagemenuitem.c:195
2009-11-30 22:23:48 +00:00
msgid "Whether the image will always be shown"
msgstr "Indica se hai que mostrar a imaxe sempre"
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkactiongroup.c:229
msgid "A name for the action group."
msgstr "Un nome para o grupo da acción."
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkactiongroup.c:236
msgid "Whether the action group is enabled."
msgstr "Indica se o grupo de acción está activado."
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkactiongroup.c:243
msgid "Whether the action group is visible."
msgstr "Indica se o grupo de acción é visíbel."
2011-01-06 23:11:51 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkactivatable.c:289
2009-07-18 03:08:51 +00:00
msgid "Related Action"
2009-08-19 11:39:19 +00:00
msgstr "Acción relacionada"
2009-07-18 03:08:51 +00:00
2011-01-06 23:11:51 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkactivatable.c:290
2009-07-18 03:08:51 +00:00
msgid "The action this activatable will activate and receive updates from"
2009-08-19 11:39:19 +00:00
msgstr "A acción que activará este activábel e do cal recibirá actualizacións"
2009-07-18 03:08:51 +00:00
2011-01-06 23:11:51 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkactivatable.c:312
2009-07-18 03:08:51 +00:00
msgid "Use Action Appearance"
2009-08-19 11:39:19 +00:00
msgstr "Usar aparencia de activación"
2009-07-18 03:08:51 +00:00
2011-01-06 23:11:51 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkactivatable.c:313
2009-07-18 03:08:51 +00:00
msgid "Whether to use the related actions appearance properties"
2009-08-19 11:39:19 +00:00
msgstr "Cando usar as accións relacionadas coas propiedades da aparencia"
2009-07-18 03:08:51 +00:00
2011-04-30 21:52:35 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkadjustment.c:123 ../gtk/gtkcellrendererprogress.c:138
2011-07-10 22:12:43 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkscalebutton.c:218 ../gtk/gtkspinbutton.c:384
msgid "Value"
msgstr "Valor"
2011-01-06 23:11:51 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkadjustment.c:124
msgid "The value of the adjustment"
msgstr "O valor do axuste"
2011-01-06 23:11:51 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkadjustment.c:140
msgid "Minimum Value"
msgstr "Valor mínimo"
2011-01-06 23:11:51 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkadjustment.c:141
msgid "The minimum value of the adjustment"
msgstr "O valor mínimo do axuste"
2011-01-06 23:11:51 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkadjustment.c:160
msgid "Maximum Value"
msgstr "Valor máximo"
2011-01-06 23:11:51 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkadjustment.c:161
msgid "The maximum value of the adjustment"
msgstr "O valor máximo do axuste"
2011-01-06 23:11:51 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkadjustment.c:177
msgid "Step Increment"
msgstr "Incremento de paso"
2011-01-06 23:11:51 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkadjustment.c:178
msgid "The step increment of the adjustment"
msgstr "O incremento de paso do axuste"
2011-01-06 23:11:51 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkadjustment.c:194
msgid "Page Increment"
msgstr "Incremento de páxina"
2011-01-06 23:11:51 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkadjustment.c:195
msgid "The page increment of the adjustment"
msgstr "O incremento de páxina do axuste"
2011-01-06 23:11:51 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkadjustment.c:214
msgid "Page Size"
msgstr "Tamaño de páxina"
2011-01-06 23:11:51 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkadjustment.c:215
msgid "The page size of the adjustment"
msgstr "O tamaño de páxina do axuste"
2011-01-06 23:11:51 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkalignment.c:137
msgid "Horizontal alignment"
msgstr "Aliñamento horizontal"
#: ../gtk/gtkalignment.c:138 ../gtk/gtkbutton.c:278
msgid ""
"Horizontal position of child in available space. 0.0 is left aligned, 1.0 is "
"right aligned"
msgstr ""
"Posición horizontal do fillo no espazo dispoñíbel. 0.0 é aliñado á esquerda, "
"1.0 é aliñado á dereita"
2011-01-06 23:11:51 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkalignment.c:147
msgid "Vertical alignment"
msgstr "Aliñamento vertical"
#: ../gtk/gtkalignment.c:148 ../gtk/gtkbutton.c:297
msgid ""
"Vertical position of child in available space. 0.0 is top aligned, 1.0 is "
"bottom aligned"
msgstr ""
"Posición vertical do fillo no espazo dispoñíbel. 0.0 é aliñado arriba, 1.0 é "
"aliñado abaixo"
2011-01-06 23:11:51 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkalignment.c:156
msgid "Horizontal scale"
msgstr "Escala horizontal"
2011-01-06 23:11:51 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkalignment.c:157
msgid ""
"If available horizontal space is bigger than needed for the child, how much "
"of it to use for the child. 0.0 means none, 1.0 means all"
msgstr ""
"Se o espazo horizontal dispoñíbel é maior que o necesitado para o fillo, "
"canto se debe usar para o fillo. 0.0 significa nada, 1.0 significa todo"
2011-01-06 23:11:51 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkalignment.c:165
msgid "Vertical scale"
msgstr "Escala vertical"
2011-01-06 23:11:51 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkalignment.c:166
msgid ""
"If available vertical space is bigger than needed for the child, how much of "
"it to use for the child. 0.0 means none, 1.0 means all"
msgstr ""
"Se o espazo vertical dispoñíbel é maior que o necesario para o fillo, canto "
"se debe usar para o fillo. 0.0 significa nada, 1.0 significa todo"
2011-01-06 23:11:51 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkalignment.c:183
msgid "Top Padding"
msgstr "Recheo superior"
2011-01-06 23:11:51 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkalignment.c:184
msgid "The padding to insert at the top of the widget."
msgstr "O recheo para introducir por encima do widget."
2011-01-06 23:11:51 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkalignment.c:200
msgid "Bottom Padding"
msgstr "Recheo inferior"
2011-01-06 23:11:51 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkalignment.c:201
msgid "The padding to insert at the bottom of the widget."
msgstr "O recheo para introducir por debaixo do widget."
2011-01-06 23:11:51 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkalignment.c:217
msgid "Left Padding"
msgstr "Recheo á esquerda"
2011-01-06 23:11:51 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkalignment.c:218
msgid "The padding to insert at the left of the widget."
msgstr "O recheo para introducir á esquerda do widget."
2011-01-06 23:11:51 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkalignment.c:234
msgid "Right Padding"
msgstr "Recheo á dereita"
2011-01-06 23:11:51 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkalignment.c:235
msgid "The padding to insert at the right of the widget."
msgstr "O recheo para introducir á dereita do widget."
#: ../gtk/gtkappchooserbutton.c:616
2011-01-06 23:11:51 +00:00
msgid "Include an 'Other...' item"
2011-01-27 02:26:00 +00:00
msgstr "Incluír un elemento «Outro…»"
2011-01-06 23:11:51 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkappchooserbutton.c:617
2011-01-06 23:11:51 +00:00
msgid ""
"Whether the combobox should include an item that triggers a "
"GtkAppChooserDialog"
msgstr ""
2011-02-05 23:26:36 +00:00
"Indica se a caixa de combo debería incluír un elemento que dispare un "
"GtkAppChooserDialog"
#: ../gtk/gtkappchooserbutton.c:633
msgid "Show default item"
msgstr "Mostrar o elemento predeterminado"
#: ../gtk/gtkappchooserbutton.c:634
msgid "Whether the combobox should show the default application on top"
2011-09-12 19:37:50 +00:00
msgstr "Indica se a caixa combinábel debería mostrar o elemento predeterminado"
#: ../gtk/gtkappchooserbutton.c:647 ../gtk/gtkappchooserdialog.c:725
2011-02-05 23:26:36 +00:00
msgid "Heading"
msgstr "Mostrar a cabeceira"
#: ../gtk/gtkappchooserbutton.c:648 ../gtk/gtkappchooserdialog.c:726
2011-02-05 23:26:36 +00:00
msgid "The text to show at the top of the dialog"
msgstr "O recheo para introducir por encima do widget."
2011-01-06 23:11:51 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkappchooser.c:75
2011-01-06 23:11:51 +00:00
msgid "Content type"
msgstr "Tipo de contido"
#: ../gtk/gtkappchooser.c:76
2011-01-06 23:11:51 +00:00
msgid "The content type used by the open with object"
msgstr "O tipo de contido usado polo «abrir con obxecto»"
#: ../gtk/gtkappchooserdialog.c:711
2011-01-06 23:11:51 +00:00
msgid "GFile"
msgstr "GFile"
#: ../gtk/gtkappchooserdialog.c:712
2011-01-06 23:11:51 +00:00
msgid "The GFile used by the app chooser dialog"
msgstr "O GFile usado polo diálogo de selección de aplicativo"
#: ../gtk/gtkappchooserwidget.c:1029
2011-01-06 23:11:51 +00:00
msgid "Show default app"
msgstr "Mostrar o aplicativo predeterminado"
#: ../gtk/gtkappchooserwidget.c:1030
2011-01-06 23:11:51 +00:00
msgid "Whether the widget should show the default application"
msgstr "Indica se o widget debería mostrar o aplicativo predeterminado"
#: ../gtk/gtkappchooserwidget.c:1044
2011-01-06 23:11:51 +00:00
msgid "Show recommended apps"
msgstr "Mostrar os aplicativos recomendados"
#: ../gtk/gtkappchooserwidget.c:1045
2011-01-06 23:11:51 +00:00
msgid "Whether the widget should show recommended applications"
2011-01-09 15:42:40 +00:00
msgstr "Indica se o widget deberían mostrar aplicativos recomendados"
2011-01-06 23:11:51 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkappchooserwidget.c:1059
2011-01-06 23:11:51 +00:00
msgid "Show fallback apps"
msgstr "Most"
#: ../gtk/gtkappchooserwidget.c:1060
2011-01-06 23:11:51 +00:00
msgid "Whether the widget should show fallback applications"
msgstr ""
"Indica se o widget etiqueta deben encher todo o espazo horizontal dispoñíbel"
#: ../gtk/gtkappchooserwidget.c:1072
2011-01-06 23:11:51 +00:00
msgid "Show other apps"
msgstr "Mostrar outros aplicativos"
#: ../gtk/gtkappchooserwidget.c:1073
2011-01-06 23:11:51 +00:00
msgid "Whether the widget should show other applications"
2011-01-09 15:42:40 +00:00
msgstr "Indica se o widget deberían mostrar outros aplicativos"
2011-01-06 23:11:51 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkappchooserwidget.c:1086
2011-01-06 23:11:51 +00:00
msgid "Show all apps"
msgstr "Mostrar tódolos aplicativos"
#: ../gtk/gtkappchooserwidget.c:1087
2011-01-06 23:11:51 +00:00
msgid "Whether the widget should show all applications"
2011-01-09 15:42:40 +00:00
msgstr "Indica se o widget deberían mostrar tódolos aplicativos"
2011-01-06 23:11:51 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkappchooserwidget.c:1101
2011-01-06 23:11:51 +00:00
msgid "Widget's default text"
msgstr "Texto predeterminado do widget"
#: ../gtk/gtkappchooserwidget.c:1102
2011-01-06 23:11:51 +00:00
msgid "The default text appearing when there are no applications"
msgstr "O texto predeterminado que aparece cando non hai aplicativos"
2011-07-10 22:12:43 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkarrow.c:112
msgid "Arrow direction"
msgstr "Dirección da frecha"
2011-07-10 22:12:43 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkarrow.c:113
msgid "The direction the arrow should point"
msgstr "A dirección á que a frecha deberá apuntar"
2011-07-10 22:12:43 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkarrow.c:121
msgid "Arrow shadow"
msgstr "Sombra da frecha"
2011-07-10 22:12:43 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkarrow.c:122
msgid "Appearance of the shadow surrounding the arrow"
msgstr "Aparencia da sombra que rodea a frecha"
#: ../gtk/gtkarrow.c:129 ../gtk/gtkcombobox.c:991 ../gtk/gtkmenu.c:798
2011-08-16 11:31:28 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkmenuitem.c:446
msgid "Arrow Scaling"
msgstr "Escalado de frecha"
2011-07-10 22:12:43 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkarrow.c:130
msgid "Amount of space used up by arrow"
msgstr "Cantidade de espazo ocupado por frecha"
2011-08-16 11:31:28 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkaspectframe.c:109 ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:1178
msgid "Horizontal Alignment"
msgstr "Aliñamento horizontal"
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkaspectframe.c:110
msgid "X alignment of the child"
msgstr "Aliñamento X do fillo"
2011-08-16 11:31:28 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkaspectframe.c:116 ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:1194
msgid "Vertical Alignment"
msgstr "Aliñamento vertical"
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkaspectframe.c:117
msgid "Y alignment of the child"
msgstr "Aliñamento Y do fillo"
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkaspectframe.c:123
msgid "Ratio"
msgstr "Proporción"
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkaspectframe.c:124
msgid "Aspect ratio if obey_child is FALSE"
msgstr "Proporción de aspecto se obey_child é FALSE"
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkaspectframe.c:130
msgid "Obey child"
msgstr "Obedecer ao fillo"
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkaspectframe.c:131
msgid "Force aspect ratio to match that of the frame's child"
msgstr "Forzar a proporción de aspecto para que coincida coa do marco do fillo"
2011-08-16 11:31:28 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkassistant.c:310
msgid "Header Padding"
msgstr "Recheo da cabeceira"
2011-08-16 11:31:28 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkassistant.c:311
msgid "Number of pixels around the header."
msgstr "Número de píxeles ao redor da cabeceira."
2011-08-16 11:31:28 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkassistant.c:318
msgid "Content Padding"
msgstr "Recheo do contido"
2011-08-16 11:31:28 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkassistant.c:319
msgid "Number of pixels around the content pages."
msgstr "Número de píxeles ao redor das páxinas de contidos."
2011-08-16 11:31:28 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkassistant.c:335
msgid "Page type"
msgstr "Tipo de páxina"
2011-08-16 11:31:28 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkassistant.c:336
msgid "The type of the assistant page"
msgstr "O tipo da páxina do asistente"
2011-08-16 11:31:28 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkassistant.c:351
msgid "Page title"
msgstr "Título da páxina"
2011-08-16 11:31:28 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkassistant.c:352
msgid "The title of the assistant page"
msgstr "O título da páxina do asistente"
2011-08-16 11:31:28 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkassistant.c:369
msgid "Header image"
msgstr "Imaxe de cabeceira"
2011-08-16 11:31:28 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkassistant.c:370
msgid "Header image for the assistant page"
msgstr "Imaxe de cabeceira para a páxina do asistente"
2011-08-16 11:31:28 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkassistant.c:386
msgid "Sidebar image"
msgstr "Imaxe da barra lateral"
2011-08-16 11:31:28 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkassistant.c:387
msgid "Sidebar image for the assistant page"
msgstr "Imaxe da barra lateral da páxina do asistente"
2011-08-16 11:31:28 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkassistant.c:403
msgid "Page complete"
msgstr "Páxina completa"
2011-08-16 11:31:28 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkassistant.c:404
msgid "Whether all required fields on the page have been filled out"
msgstr "Indica se todos os campos requiridos na páxina foron cubertos"
2011-06-21 11:58:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkbbox.c:159
msgid "Minimum child width"
msgstr "Largura mínima do fillo"
2011-06-21 11:58:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkbbox.c:160
msgid "Minimum width of buttons inside the box"
msgstr "A largura mínima dos botóns dentro da caixa"
2011-06-21 11:58:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkbbox.c:168
msgid "Minimum child height"
msgstr "Altura mínima do fillo"
2011-06-21 11:58:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkbbox.c:169
msgid "Minimum height of buttons inside the box"
msgstr "A altura mínima dos botóns dentro da caixa"
2011-06-21 11:58:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkbbox.c:177
msgid "Child internal width padding"
msgstr "Largura interna de recheo do fillo"
2011-06-21 11:58:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkbbox.c:178
msgid "Amount to increase child's size on either side"
msgstr "Cantidade na que se aumenta o tamaño do fillo por cada lado"
2011-06-21 11:58:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkbbox.c:186
msgid "Child internal height padding"
msgstr "Altura interna de recheo do fillo"
2011-06-21 11:58:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkbbox.c:187
msgid "Amount to increase child's size on the top and bottom"
msgstr "Cantidade en que se aumenta o tamaño do fillo por encima e por debaixo"
2011-06-21 11:58:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkbbox.c:195
msgid "Layout style"
msgstr "Estilo de disposición"
2011-06-21 11:58:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkbbox.c:196
msgid ""
2010-10-01 19:58:09 +00:00
"How to lay out the buttons in the box. Possible values are: spread, edge, "
2010-08-17 16:35:35 +00:00
"start and end"
msgstr ""
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
"Como dispor os botóns na caixa. Os valores posíbeis son: "
"«spread» (afastados), «edge» (bordos), «start» (inicio) e «end» (final)"
2011-06-21 11:58:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkbbox.c:204
msgid "Secondary"
msgstr "Secundario"
2011-06-21 11:58:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkbbox.c:205
msgid ""
"If TRUE, the child appears in a secondary group of children, suitable for, e."
"g., help buttons"
msgstr ""
"Se é TRUE, o fillo aparece nun grupo secundario de fillos; é útil, por "
"exemplo, para botóns de axuda"
2011-06-21 11:58:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkbbox.c:212
2011-05-09 11:08:53 +00:00
msgid "Non-Homogeneous"
msgstr "Non homoxéneo"
2011-06-21 11:58:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkbbox.c:213
2011-05-09 11:08:53 +00:00
msgid "If TRUE, the child will not be subject to homogeneous sizing"
msgstr "Se é TRUE, o fillo non será obxecto de tamaño homoxéneo"
2011-07-10 22:12:43 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkbox.c:241 ../gtk/gtkcellareabox.c:317 ../gtk/gtkexpander.c:314
2011-09-19 23:27:13 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkiconview.c:645 ../gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:283
msgid "Spacing"
msgstr "Espazamento"
2011-07-10 22:12:43 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkbox.c:242
msgid "The amount of space between children"
msgstr "A cantidade de espazo entre os fillos"
#: ../gtk/gtkbox.c:251 ../gtk/gtktable.c:227 ../gtk/gtktoolbar.c:564
2011-06-21 11:58:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktoolitemgroup.c:1645
msgid "Homogeneous"
msgstr "Homoxéneo"
2011-07-10 22:12:43 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkbox.c:252
msgid "Whether the children should all be the same size"
msgstr "Indica se todos os fillos deben ser do mesmo tamaño"
#: ../gtk/gtkbox.c:272 ../gtk/gtkcellareabox.c:337 ../gtk/gtktoolbar.c:556
2011-07-10 22:12:43 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktoolitemgroup.c:1652 ../gtk/gtktoolpalette.c:1070
2011-06-21 11:58:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:339
msgid "Expand"
msgstr "Expandir"
2011-07-10 22:12:43 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkbox.c:273
msgid "Whether the child should receive extra space when the parent grows"
msgstr "Indica se o fillo debe recibir espazo adicional cando o pai crece"
2011-07-10 22:12:43 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkbox.c:289 ../gtk/gtktoolitemgroup.c:1659
msgid "Fill"
msgstr "Encher"
2011-07-10 22:12:43 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkbox.c:290
msgid ""
"Whether extra space given to the child should be allocated to the child or "
"used as padding"
msgstr ""
"Indica se se debe dar espazo adicional para que o fillo poida ser asignado "
"no fillo ou usado como recheo"
2011-07-10 22:12:43 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkbox.c:297 ../gtk/gtktrayicon-x11.c:169
msgid "Padding"
msgstr "Recheo"
2011-07-10 22:12:43 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkbox.c:298
msgid "Extra space to put between the child and its neighbors, in pixels"
msgstr ""
"Espazo adicional para colocar entre o fillo e os seus veciños, en píxeles"
2011-07-10 22:12:43 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkbox.c:304
msgid "Pack type"
msgstr "Tipo de empaquetado"
2011-07-10 22:12:43 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkbox.c:305
msgid ""
"A GtkPackType indicating whether the child is packed with reference to the "
"start or end of the parent"
msgstr ""
"Un GtkPackType que indica se o fillo está empaquetado en relación ao inicio "
"ou ao final do pai"
2011-08-16 11:31:28 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkbox.c:311 ../gtk/gtknotebook.c:769 ../gtk/gtkpaned.c:349
2011-06-21 11:58:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktoolitemgroup.c:1673
msgid "Position"
msgstr "Posición"
2011-08-16 11:31:28 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkbox.c:312 ../gtk/gtknotebook.c:770
msgid "The index of the child in the parent"
msgstr "O índice do fillo no pai"
2011-02-05 23:26:36 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkbuilder.c:319
msgid "Translation Domain"
msgstr "Dominio de tradución"
2011-02-05 23:26:36 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkbuilder.c:320
msgid "The translation domain used by gettext"
msgstr "O dominio de tradución usado por gettext"
#: ../gtk/gtkbutton.c:228
msgid ""
"Text of the label widget inside the button, if the button contains a label "
"widget"
msgstr ""
"Texto da etiqueta do widget dentro do botón, se o botón contén unha etiqueta "
"widget"
#: ../gtk/gtkbutton.c:235 ../gtk/gtkexpander.c:298 ../gtk/gtklabel.c:750
#: ../gtk/gtkmenuitem.c:398 ../gtk/gtktoolbutton.c:238
msgid "Use underline"
msgstr "Usar subliñado"
#: ../gtk/gtkbutton.c:236 ../gtk/gtkexpander.c:299 ../gtk/gtklabel.c:751
2011-08-16 11:31:28 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkmenuitem.c:399
msgid ""
"If set, an underline in the text indicates the next character should be used "
"for the mnemonic accelerator key"
msgstr ""
"Se se define, un subliñado no texto indica que o seguinte carácter debería "
"usarse para a tecla rápida mnemónica"
#: ../gtk/gtkbutton.c:243 ../gtk/gtkimagemenuitem.c:175
msgid "Use stock"
msgstr "Usar inventario"
#: ../gtk/gtkbutton.c:244
msgid ""
"If set, the label is used to pick a stock item instead of being displayed"
msgstr ""
"Se se estabelece, a etiqueta úsase para seleccionar un elemento do "
"inventario en vez de ser mostrado"
#: ../gtk/gtkbutton.c:251 ../gtk/gtkcombobox.c:797
2011-06-21 11:58:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkfilechooserbutton.c:426
msgid "Focus on click"
msgstr "Enfocar ao premer"
#: ../gtk/gtkbutton.c:252 ../gtk/gtkfilechooserbutton.c:427
msgid "Whether the button grabs focus when it is clicked with the mouse"
msgstr "Indica se o botón captura o foco cando se preme co rato"
#: ../gtk/gtkbutton.c:259
msgid "Border relief"
msgstr "Relevo do bordo"
#: ../gtk/gtkbutton.c:260
msgid "The border relief style"
msgstr "Estilo de relevo do bordo"
#: ../gtk/gtkbutton.c:277
msgid "Horizontal alignment for child"
msgstr "Aliñamento horizontal para o fillo"
#: ../gtk/gtkbutton.c:296
msgid "Vertical alignment for child"
msgstr "Aliñamento vertical para o fillo"
#: ../gtk/gtkbutton.c:313 ../gtk/gtkimagemenuitem.c:160
msgid "Image widget"
msgstr "Widget de imaxe"
#: ../gtk/gtkbutton.c:314
msgid "Child widget to appear next to the button text"
msgstr "Widget fillo que aparecerá ao lado do texto do botón"
#: ../gtk/gtkbutton.c:328
msgid "Image position"
msgstr "Posición da imaxe"
#: ../gtk/gtkbutton.c:329
msgid "The position of the image relative to the text"
msgstr "A posición da imaxe en relación ao texto"
#: ../gtk/gtkbutton.c:449
msgid "Default Spacing"
2011-01-27 02:26:00 +00:00
msgstr "Espazamento predeterminado"
#: ../gtk/gtkbutton.c:450
2009-11-30 22:23:48 +00:00
msgid "Extra space to add for GTK_CAN_DEFAULT buttons"
2010-03-04 23:25:31 +00:00
msgstr "Espazo adicional que engadir para os botóns GTK_CAN_DEFAULT"
#: ../gtk/gtkbutton.c:464
msgid "Default Outside Spacing"
2011-01-27 02:26:00 +00:00
msgstr "Espazamento exterior predeterminado"
#: ../gtk/gtkbutton.c:465
msgid ""
2009-11-30 22:23:48 +00:00
"Extra space to add for GTK_CAN_DEFAULT buttons that is always drawn outside "
"the border"
msgstr ""
2010-03-04 23:25:31 +00:00
"Espazo adicional que engadir para os botóns GTK_CAN_DEFAULT que son sempre "
"debuxados fóra do bordo"
#: ../gtk/gtkbutton.c:470
msgid "Child X Displacement"
msgstr "Desprazamento X do fillo"
#: ../gtk/gtkbutton.c:471
msgid ""
"How far in the x direction to move the child when the button is depressed"
msgstr ""
"Distancia na dirección X que debe moverse o fillo cando se solta o botón"
#: ../gtk/gtkbutton.c:478
msgid "Child Y Displacement"
msgstr "Desprazamento Y do fillo"
#: ../gtk/gtkbutton.c:479
msgid ""
"How far in the y direction to move the child when the button is depressed"
msgstr ""
"Distancia na dirección Y que debe moverse o fillo cando se solta o botón"
#: ../gtk/gtkbutton.c:495
msgid "Displace focus"
msgstr "Desprazar o foco"
#: ../gtk/gtkbutton.c:496
msgid ""
"Whether the child_displacement_x/_y properties should also affect the focus "
"rectangle"
msgstr ""
"Indica se as propiedades child_displacement_x/_y deberían afectar tamén ao "
"rectángulo do foco"
#: ../gtk/gtkbutton.c:509 ../gtk/gtkentry.c:794 ../gtk/gtkentry.c:1870
msgid "Inner Border"
msgstr "Bordo interior"
#: ../gtk/gtkbutton.c:510
msgid "Border between button edges and child."
msgstr "Bordo entre os bordos do botón e o fillo."
#: ../gtk/gtkbutton.c:523
msgid "Image spacing"
msgstr "Espazamento da imaxe"
#: ../gtk/gtkbutton.c:524
msgid "Spacing in pixels between the image and label"
msgstr "Espazamento en píxeles entre a imaxe e a etiqueta"
2011-08-16 11:31:28 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcalendar.c:470
msgid "Year"
msgstr "Ano"
2011-08-16 11:31:28 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcalendar.c:471
msgid "The selected year"
msgstr "O ano seleccionado"
2011-08-16 11:31:28 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcalendar.c:484
msgid "Month"
msgstr "Mes"
2011-08-16 11:31:28 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcalendar.c:485
msgid "The selected month (as a number between 0 and 11)"
msgstr "O mes seleccionado (como número entre 0 e 11)"
2011-08-16 11:31:28 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcalendar.c:499
msgid "Day"
msgstr "Día"
2011-08-16 11:31:28 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcalendar.c:500
msgid ""
"The selected day (as a number between 1 and 31, or 0 to unselect the "
"currently selected day)"
msgstr ""
"O día seleccionado (como un número entre 1 e 31 ou 0 para anular a selección "
"do día seleccionado actualmente)"
2011-08-16 11:31:28 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcalendar.c:514
msgid "Show Heading"
msgstr "Mostrar a cabeceira"
2011-08-16 11:31:28 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcalendar.c:515
msgid "If TRUE, a heading is displayed"
msgstr "Se é TRUE, móstrase unha cabeceira"
2011-08-16 11:31:28 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcalendar.c:529
msgid "Show Day Names"
msgstr "Mostrar os nomes dos días"
2011-08-16 11:31:28 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcalendar.c:530
msgid "If TRUE, day names are displayed"
msgstr "Se é TRUE, móstranse os nomes dos días"
2011-08-16 11:31:28 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcalendar.c:543
msgid "No Month Change"
msgstr "Sen cambio de mes"
2011-08-16 11:31:28 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcalendar.c:544
msgid "If TRUE, the selected month cannot be changed"
2010-03-04 23:25:31 +00:00
msgstr "Se é TRUE, non será posíbel cambiar o mes seleccionado"
2011-08-16 11:31:28 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcalendar.c:558
msgid "Show Week Numbers"
msgstr "Mostrar os números de semana"
2011-08-16 11:31:28 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcalendar.c:559
msgid "If TRUE, week numbers are displayed"
msgstr "Se é TRUE, móstranse os números de semana"
2011-08-16 11:31:28 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcalendar.c:574
msgid "Details Width"
msgstr "Largura dos detalles"
2011-08-16 11:31:28 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcalendar.c:575
msgid "Details width in characters"
msgstr "A largura dos detalles en caracteres"
2011-08-16 11:31:28 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcalendar.c:590
msgid "Details Height"
msgstr "Altura dos detalles"
2011-08-16 11:31:28 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcalendar.c:591
msgid "Details height in rows"
msgstr "A altura dos detalles en caracteres"
2011-08-16 11:31:28 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcalendar.c:607
msgid "Show Details"
msgstr "Mostrar os detalles"
2011-08-16 11:31:28 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcalendar.c:608
msgid "If TRUE, details are shown"
msgstr "Se é TRUE móstranse os detalles"
2011-08-16 11:31:28 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcalendar.c:620
2010-08-05 14:16:43 +00:00
msgid "Inner border"
msgstr "Bordo interior"
2011-08-16 11:31:28 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcalendar.c:621
2010-08-05 14:16:43 +00:00
msgid "Inner border space"
msgstr "Espacio do bordo interior"
2011-08-16 11:31:28 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcalendar.c:632
2010-08-05 14:16:43 +00:00
msgid "Vertical separation"
msgstr "Separación vertical"
2011-08-16 11:31:28 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcalendar.c:633
2010-08-05 14:16:43 +00:00
msgid "Space between day headers and main area"
msgstr "Espazo entre as cabeceiras de día e o área principal"
2011-08-16 11:31:28 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcalendar.c:644
2010-08-05 14:16:43 +00:00
msgid "Horizontal separation"
msgstr "Separación horizontal"
2011-08-16 11:31:28 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcalendar.c:645
2010-08-05 14:16:43 +00:00
msgid "Space between week headers and main area"
msgstr "Espazo entre as cabeceiras de semana e o área principal"
2011-06-21 11:58:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellareabox.c:318 ../gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:284
2011-01-06 23:11:51 +00:00
msgid "Space which is inserted between cells"
msgstr "Espazo que se introduce entre as celas"
2011-04-30 21:52:35 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellareabox.c:338
2011-01-06 23:11:51 +00:00
msgid "Whether the cell expands"
msgstr "Indica se a cela se expande"
2011-04-30 21:52:35 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellareabox.c:353
2011-01-06 23:11:51 +00:00
msgid "Align"
msgstr "Aliñar"
2011-04-30 21:52:35 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellareabox.c:354
2011-01-06 23:11:51 +00:00
msgid "Whether cell should align with adjacent rows"
msgstr "Indica se a cela debería aliñarse coas filas adxacentes"
2011-04-30 21:52:35 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellareabox.c:370
2011-01-06 23:11:51 +00:00
msgid "Fixed Size"
msgstr "Tamaño fixo"
2011-04-30 21:52:35 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellareabox.c:371
2011-01-06 23:11:51 +00:00
msgid "Whether cells should be the same size in all rows"
2011-01-09 15:42:40 +00:00
msgstr "Indica se todas as celas deben ter o mesmo tamaño en todas as filas"
2011-01-06 23:11:51 +00:00
2011-04-30 21:52:35 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellareabox.c:387
2011-01-06 23:11:51 +00:00
msgid "Pack Type"
msgstr "Tipo de empaquetado"
2011-04-30 21:52:35 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellareabox.c:388
2011-01-06 23:11:51 +00:00
msgid ""
"A GtkPackType indicating whether the cell is packed with reference to the "
"start or end of the cell area"
msgstr ""
2011-01-09 15:42:40 +00:00
"Un GtkPackType que indica se a cela está empaquetada con referencia ao "
"inicio ou o final da área da cela"
2011-01-06 23:11:51 +00:00
2011-02-05 23:26:36 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellarea.c:803
2011-01-06 23:11:51 +00:00
msgid "Focus Cell"
msgstr "Cela engocada"
2011-02-05 23:26:36 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellarea.c:804
2011-01-06 23:11:51 +00:00
msgid "The cell which currently has focus"
msgstr "A cela que está enfocada actualmente"
2011-02-05 23:26:36 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellarea.c:822
2011-01-06 23:11:51 +00:00
msgid "Edited Cell"
msgstr "Cela editada"
2011-02-05 23:26:36 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellarea.c:823
2011-01-06 23:11:51 +00:00
msgid "The cell which is currently being edited"
msgstr "A cela que está editándose actualmente"
2011-02-05 23:26:36 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellarea.c:841
2011-01-06 23:11:51 +00:00
msgid "Edit Widget"
msgstr "Widget editada"
2011-02-05 23:26:36 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellarea.c:842
2011-01-06 23:11:51 +00:00
msgid "The widget currently editing the edited cell"
2011-02-05 23:26:36 +00:00
msgstr "O widget que actualmente está editando a cela editada"
2011-01-06 23:11:51 +00:00
2011-07-10 22:12:43 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellareacontext.c:119
2011-01-06 23:11:51 +00:00
msgid "Area"
msgstr "Área"
2011-07-10 22:12:43 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellareacontext.c:120
2011-01-06 23:11:51 +00:00
msgid "The Cell Area this context was created for"
msgstr "A área da cela para a que se creou este contexto"
2011-07-10 22:12:43 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellareacontext.c:136 ../gtk/gtkcellareacontext.c:155
2011-06-21 11:58:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:311
2011-01-06 23:11:51 +00:00
msgid "Minimum Width"
msgstr "Largura mínima"
2011-07-10 22:12:43 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellareacontext.c:137 ../gtk/gtkcellareacontext.c:156
2011-01-06 23:11:51 +00:00
msgid "Minimum cached width"
2011-02-05 23:26:36 +00:00
msgstr "Anchura mínima cacheada"
2011-01-06 23:11:51 +00:00
2011-07-10 22:12:43 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellareacontext.c:174 ../gtk/gtkcellareacontext.c:193
2011-01-06 23:11:51 +00:00
msgid "Minimum Height"
msgstr "Altura mínima"
2011-07-10 22:12:43 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellareacontext.c:175 ../gtk/gtkcellareacontext.c:194
2011-01-06 23:11:51 +00:00
msgid "Minimum cached height"
2011-02-05 23:26:36 +00:00
msgstr "Altura mínima cacheada"
2011-01-06 23:11:51 +00:00
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcelleditable.c:53
2009-11-02 00:23:05 +00:00
msgid "Editing Canceled"
2009-11-13 10:27:54 +00:00
msgstr "Edición cancelada"
2009-11-02 00:23:05 +00:00
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcelleditable.c:54
2009-11-02 00:23:05 +00:00
msgid "Indicates that editing has been canceled"
2009-11-13 10:27:54 +00:00
msgstr "Indica que a edición foi cancelada"
2009-11-02 00:23:05 +00:00
2011-04-30 21:52:35 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrendereraccel.c:152
2010-08-27 21:25:56 +00:00
msgid "Accelerator key"
msgstr "Tecla rápida"
2011-04-30 21:52:35 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrendereraccel.c:153
2010-08-27 21:25:56 +00:00
msgid "The keyval of the accelerator"
msgstr "O valor (keyval) da tecla rápida"
2011-04-30 21:52:35 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrendereraccel.c:169
2010-08-27 21:25:56 +00:00
msgid "Accelerator modifiers"
msgstr "Modificadores de tecla rápida"
2011-04-30 21:52:35 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrendereraccel.c:170
2010-08-27 21:25:56 +00:00
msgid "The modifier mask of the accelerator"
msgstr "A máscara do modificador da tecla rápida"
2011-04-30 21:52:35 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrendereraccel.c:187
2010-08-27 21:25:56 +00:00
msgid "Accelerator keycode"
msgstr "Código de tecla da tecla rápida"
2011-04-30 21:52:35 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrendereraccel.c:188
2010-08-27 21:25:56 +00:00
msgid "The hardware keycode of the accelerator"
msgstr "O código de tecla de hardware da tecla rápida"
2011-04-30 21:52:35 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrendereraccel.c:207
2010-08-27 21:25:56 +00:00
msgid "Accelerator Mode"
msgstr "Modo de teclas rápidas"
2011-04-30 21:52:35 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrendereraccel.c:208
2010-08-27 21:25:56 +00:00
msgid "The type of accelerators"
msgstr "O tipo de teclas rápidas"
2011-02-05 23:26:36 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderer.c:274
msgid "mode"
msgstr "modo"
2011-02-05 23:26:36 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderer.c:275
msgid "Editable mode of the CellRenderer"
msgstr "Modo editábel do CellRenderer"
2011-02-05 23:26:36 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderer.c:283
msgid "visible"
msgstr "visíbel"
2011-02-05 23:26:36 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderer.c:284
msgid "Display the cell"
msgstr "Mostrar a cela"
2011-02-05 23:26:36 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderer.c:291
msgid "Display the cell sensitive"
msgstr "Mostrar a cela sensíbel"
2011-02-05 23:26:36 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderer.c:298
msgid "xalign"
msgstr "xalign"
2011-02-05 23:26:36 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderer.c:299
msgid "The x-align"
msgstr "O aliñamento x"
2011-02-05 23:26:36 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderer.c:308
msgid "yalign"
msgstr "yalign"
2011-02-05 23:26:36 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderer.c:309
msgid "The y-align"
msgstr "O aliñamento y"
2011-02-05 23:26:36 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderer.c:318
msgid "xpad"
msgstr "xpad"
2011-02-05 23:26:36 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderer.c:319
msgid "The xpad"
msgstr "O xpad"
2011-02-05 23:26:36 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderer.c:328
msgid "ypad"
msgstr "ypad"
2011-02-05 23:26:36 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderer.c:329
msgid "The ypad"
msgstr "O ypad"
2011-02-05 23:26:36 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderer.c:338
msgid "width"
msgstr "largura"
2011-02-05 23:26:36 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderer.c:339
msgid "The fixed width"
msgstr "A largura fixa"
2011-02-05 23:26:36 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderer.c:348
msgid "height"
msgstr "altura"
2011-02-05 23:26:36 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderer.c:349
msgid "The fixed height"
msgstr "A altura fixa"
2011-02-05 23:26:36 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderer.c:358
msgid "Is Expander"
msgstr "É expansor"
2011-02-05 23:26:36 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderer.c:359
msgid "Row has children"
msgstr "A fila ten fillos"
2011-02-05 23:26:36 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderer.c:367
msgid "Is Expanded"
msgstr "Está expandido"
2011-02-05 23:26:36 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderer.c:368
msgid "Row is an expander row, and is expanded"
msgstr "A fila é unha fila de expansor e está expandida"
2011-02-05 23:26:36 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderer.c:375
msgid "Cell background color name"
msgstr "Nome da cor de fondo da cela"
2011-02-05 23:26:36 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderer.c:376
msgid "Cell background color as a string"
msgstr "Cor de fondo da cela como unha cadea"
2011-02-05 23:26:36 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderer.c:383
msgid "Cell background color"
msgstr "Cor de fondo da cela"
2011-02-05 23:26:36 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderer.c:384
msgid "Cell background color as a GdkColor"
msgstr "Cor de fondo da cela como unha GdkColor"
2011-02-05 23:26:36 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderer.c:397
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
msgid "Cell background RGBA color"
msgstr "Cor de fondo RGBA da cela"
2011-02-05 23:26:36 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderer.c:398
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
msgid "Cell background color as a GdkRGBA"
msgstr "Cor de fondo da cela como GdkRGBA"
2011-02-05 23:26:36 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderer.c:405
msgid "Editing"
msgstr "Editando"
2011-02-05 23:26:36 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderer.c:406
msgid "Whether the cell renderer is currently in editing mode"
msgstr "Indica se o renderizador de cela está actualmente no modo de edición"
2011-02-05 23:26:36 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderer.c:414
msgid "Cell background set"
msgstr "Definición do fondo da cela"
2011-02-05 23:26:36 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderer.c:415
msgid "Whether this tag affects the cell background color"
msgstr "Indica se esta etiqueta afecta á cor de fondo da cela"
2011-04-30 21:52:35 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderercombo.c:130
msgid "Model"
msgstr "Modelo"
2011-04-30 21:52:35 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderercombo.c:131
msgid "The model containing the possible values for the combo box"
msgstr "O modelo que contén os valores posíbeis para a caixa de combinación"
2011-04-30 21:52:35 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderercombo.c:153
msgid "Text Column"
msgstr "Columna de texto"
2011-04-30 21:52:35 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderercombo.c:154
msgid "A column in the data source model to get the strings from"
msgstr "Unha columna no modelo de orixe de datos da que se obteñen as cadeas"
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderercombo.c:171 ../gtk/gtkcombobox.c:864
msgid "Has Entry"
msgstr "Ten entrada"
2011-04-30 21:52:35 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderercombo.c:172
msgid "If FALSE, don't allow to enter strings other than the chosen ones"
msgstr "Se é FALSE, non permitir introducir cadeas distintas das escollidas"
2011-04-30 21:52:35 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrendererpixbuf.c:140
msgid "Pixbuf Object"
msgstr "Obxecto pixbuf"
2011-04-30 21:52:35 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrendererpixbuf.c:141
msgid "The pixbuf to render"
msgstr "O pixbuf para renderizar"
2011-04-30 21:52:35 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrendererpixbuf.c:148
msgid "Pixbuf Expander Open"
msgstr "O pixbuf do expansor aberto"
2011-04-30 21:52:35 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrendererpixbuf.c:149
msgid "Pixbuf for open expander"
msgstr "O pixbuf para o expansor aberto"
2011-04-30 21:52:35 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrendererpixbuf.c:156
msgid "Pixbuf Expander Closed"
msgstr "O pixbuf do expansor pechado"
2011-04-30 21:52:35 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrendererpixbuf.c:157
msgid "Pixbuf for closed expander"
msgstr "O pixbuf para o expansor pechado"
2011-07-10 22:12:43 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrendererpixbuf.c:164 ../gtk/gtkimage.c:254
2011-04-30 21:52:35 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkstatusicon.c:251
msgid "Stock ID"
msgstr "ID de inventario"
2011-04-30 21:52:35 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrendererpixbuf.c:165
msgid "The stock ID of the stock icon to render"
msgstr "O ID de inventario da icona de inventario para renderizar"
2011-04-30 21:52:35 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrendererpixbuf.c:172 ../gtk/gtkcellrendererspinner.c:151
#: ../gtk/gtkrecentmanager.c:309 ../gtk/gtkstatusicon.c:292
msgid "Size"
msgstr "Tamaño"
2011-04-30 21:52:35 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrendererpixbuf.c:173
msgid "The GtkIconSize value that specifies the size of the rendered icon"
msgstr "O valor do GtkIconSize que especifica o tamaño da icona renderizada"
2011-04-30 21:52:35 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrendererpixbuf.c:182
msgid "Detail"
msgstr "Detalle"
2011-04-30 21:52:35 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrendererpixbuf.c:183
msgid "Render detail to pass to the theme engine"
msgstr "Detalle de renderizado para pasar ao motor de temas"
2011-04-30 21:52:35 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrendererpixbuf.c:216
msgid "Follow State"
msgstr "Seguir o estado"
2011-04-30 21:52:35 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrendererpixbuf.c:217
msgid "Whether the rendered pixbuf should be colorized according to the state"
msgstr "Indica se o pixbuf renderizado debería colorearse de acordo co estado"
2011-07-10 22:12:43 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrendererpixbuf.c:234 ../gtk/gtkimage.c:329
2011-08-16 11:31:28 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwindow.c:703
msgid "Icon"
msgstr "Icona"
2011-04-30 21:52:35 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrendererprogress.c:139
msgid "Value of the progress bar"
msgstr "Valor da barra de progreso"
2011-04-30 21:52:35 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrendererprogress.c:156 ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:254
2011-07-10 22:12:43 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkentrybuffer.c:352 ../gtk/gtkentry.c:837
#: ../gtk/gtkmessagedialog.c:228 ../gtk/gtkprogressbar.c:176
2011-04-30 21:52:35 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktextbuffer.c:221
msgid "Text"
msgstr "Texto"
2011-04-30 21:52:35 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrendererprogress.c:157
msgid "Text on the progress bar"
msgstr "Texto na barra de progreso"
2011-04-30 21:52:35 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrendererprogress.c:180 ../gtk/gtkcellrendererspinner.c:137
msgid "Pulse"
msgstr "Pulsación"
2011-04-30 21:52:35 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrendererprogress.c:181
msgid ""
"Set this to positive values to indicate that some progress is made, but you "
"don't know how much."
msgstr ""
"Defina isto con valores positivos para indicar que se realiza algún "
"progreso, mais non se sabe canto."
2011-04-30 21:52:35 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrendererprogress.c:197
msgid "Text x alignment"
msgstr "Aliñamento x do texto"
2011-04-30 21:52:35 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrendererprogress.c:198
msgid ""
"The horizontal text alignment, from 0 (left) to 1 (right). Reversed for RTL "
"layouts."
msgstr ""
"O aliñamento horizontal do texto, desde 0 (esquerda) até 1 (dereita). Ao "
"revés para disposicións RTL."
2011-04-30 21:52:35 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrendererprogress.c:214
msgid "Text y alignment"
msgstr "Aliñamento y do texto"
2011-04-30 21:52:35 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrendererprogress.c:215
msgid "The vertical text alignment, from 0 (top) to 1 (bottom)."
msgstr "O aliñamento vertical do texto, desde 0 (superior) até 1 (inferior)."
2011-07-10 22:12:43 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrendererprogress.c:226 ../gtk/gtkprogressbar.c:152
#: ../gtk/gtkrange.c:426
2010-10-01 19:58:09 +00:00
msgid "Inverted"
msgstr "Invertido"
2011-07-10 22:12:43 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrendererprogress.c:227 ../gtk/gtkprogressbar.c:153
2010-10-01 19:58:09 +00:00
msgid "Invert the direction in which the progress bar grows"
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
msgstr "Inverter a dirección na que crece a barra de progreso"
2011-07-10 22:12:43 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrendererspin.c:113 ../gtk/gtkrange.c:418
#: ../gtk/gtkscalebutton.c:237 ../gtk/gtkspinbutton.c:323
msgid "Adjustment"
msgstr "Axuste"
2011-07-10 22:12:43 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrendererspin.c:114 ../gtk/gtkspinbutton.c:324
2010-08-11 16:19:34 +00:00
msgid "The adjustment that holds the value of the spin button"
msgstr "O axuste que mantén o valor do botón de axuste"
2011-04-30 21:52:35 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrendererspin.c:129
msgid "Climb rate"
msgstr "Taxa de incremento"
2011-07-10 22:12:43 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrendererspin.c:130 ../gtk/gtkspinbutton.c:332
msgid "The acceleration rate when you hold down a button"
msgstr "A taxa de aceleración cando mantén premido un botón"
2011-07-10 22:12:43 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrendererspin.c:143 ../gtk/gtkscale.c:254
#: ../gtk/gtkspinbutton.c:341
msgid "Digits"
msgstr "Díxitos"
2011-07-10 22:12:43 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrendererspin.c:144 ../gtk/gtkspinbutton.c:342
msgid "The number of decimal places to display"
msgstr "O número de lugares decimais que se vai mostrar"
2011-08-16 11:31:28 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrendererspinner.c:119 ../gtk/gtkcheckmenuitem.c:122
#: ../gtk/gtkmenu.c:588 ../gtk/gtkspinner.c:115 ../gtk/gtkswitch.c:783
2011-07-10 22:12:43 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktoggleaction.c:133 ../gtk/gtktogglebutton.c:178
2011-04-30 21:52:35 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktoggletoolbutton.c:127
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
msgid "Active"
msgstr "Activo"
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrendererspinner.c:120
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
msgid "Whether the spinner is active (ie. shown) in the cell"
2010-03-04 23:25:31 +00:00
msgstr "Indica se o spinner está activo (p.ex mostrado) na cela"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
2011-01-06 23:11:51 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrendererspinner.c:138
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
msgid "Pulse of the spinner"
2010-03-04 23:25:31 +00:00
msgstr "Pulso do spinner"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
2011-01-06 23:11:51 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrendererspinner.c:152
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
msgid "The GtkIconSize value that specifies the size of the rendered spinner"
2010-03-04 23:25:31 +00:00
msgstr "O valor do GtkIconSize que especifica o tamaño do spinner renderizado"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
2011-04-30 21:52:35 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:255
msgid "Text to render"
msgstr "Texto para renderizar"
2011-04-30 21:52:35 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:262
msgid "Markup"
msgstr "Marcación"
2011-04-30 21:52:35 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:263
msgid "Marked up text to render"
msgstr "Texto marcado para renderizar"
2011-08-24 19:03:09 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:270 ../gtk/gtklabel.c:736
msgid "Attributes"
msgstr "Atributos"
2011-04-30 21:52:35 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:271
msgid "A list of style attributes to apply to the text of the renderer"
msgstr ""
"Unha lista de atributos de estilo para aplicar ao texto do renderizador"
2011-04-30 21:52:35 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:278
msgid "Single Paragraph Mode"
msgstr "Modo de parágrafo único"
2011-04-30 21:52:35 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:279
2010-08-11 16:19:34 +00:00
msgid "Whether to keep all text in a single paragraph"
msgstr "Indica se debe manterse ou non todo o texto nun só parágrafo"
2011-04-30 21:52:35 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:287 ../gtk/gtkcellview.c:191
2011-05-09 11:08:53 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:199
msgid "Background color name"
msgstr "Nome da cor de fondo"
2011-04-30 21:52:35 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:288 ../gtk/gtkcellview.c:192
2011-05-09 11:08:53 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:200
msgid "Background color as a string"
msgstr "Cor de fondo como unha cadea"
2011-04-30 21:52:35 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:295 ../gtk/gtkcellview.c:198
2011-05-09 11:08:53 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:207
msgid "Background color"
msgstr "Cor de fondo"
2011-04-30 21:52:35 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:296 ../gtk/gtkcellview.c:199
2011-05-09 11:08:53 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:208
msgid "Background color as a GdkColor"
msgstr "Cor de fondo como unha GdkColor"
2011-04-30 21:52:35 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:310
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
msgid "Background color as RGBA"
msgstr "Nome do cor de fondo como RGBA"
2011-04-30 21:52:35 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:311 ../gtk/gtkcellview.c:213
2011-05-09 11:08:53 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:223
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
msgid "Background color as a GdkRGBA"
msgstr "Cor de fondo como GdkRBGA"
2011-05-09 11:08:53 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:317 ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:238
msgid "Foreground color name"
msgstr "Nome da cor de primeiro plano"
2011-05-09 11:08:53 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:318 ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:239
msgid "Foreground color as a string"
msgstr "Cor de primeiro plano como unha cadea"
2011-05-09 11:08:53 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:325 ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:246
2011-04-30 21:52:35 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktrayicon-x11.c:137
msgid "Foreground color"
msgstr "Cor de primeiro plano"
2011-05-09 11:08:53 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:326 ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:247
msgid "Foreground color as a GdkColor"
msgstr "Cor de primeiro plano como unha GdkColor"
2011-04-30 21:52:35 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:340
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
msgid "Foreground color as RGBA"
msgstr "Cor de primeiro plano como RGBA"
2011-05-09 11:08:53 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:341 ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:262
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
msgid "Foreground color as a GdkRGBA"
msgstr "Cor de primeiro plano como GdkRGBA"
2011-07-10 22:12:43 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:349 ../gtk/gtkentry.c:761
#: ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:278 ../gtk/gtktextview.c:686
msgid "Editable"
msgstr "Editábel"
2011-05-09 11:08:53 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:350 ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:279
2011-07-10 22:12:43 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktextview.c:687
msgid "Whether the text can be modified by the user"
msgstr "Indica se o usuario pode modificar o texto"
2011-04-30 21:52:35 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:357 ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:365
2011-09-19 23:27:13 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkfontchooser.c:67 ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:294 ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:302
msgid "Font"
msgstr "Tipo de letra"
2011-09-19 23:27:13 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:358 ../gtk/gtkfontchooser.c:68
#: ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:295
msgid "Font description as a string, e.g. \"Sans Italic 12\""
msgstr ""
"Descrición do tipo de letra como unha cadea, por exemplo \"Sans Italic 12\""
2011-09-19 23:27:13 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:366 ../gtk/gtkfontchooser.c:81
#: ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:303
msgid "Font description as a PangoFontDescription struct"
msgstr "Descrición do tipo de letra como unha estrutura PangoFontDescription"
2011-05-09 11:08:53 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:374 ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:310
msgid "Font family"
msgstr "Familia do tipo de letra"
2011-05-09 11:08:53 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:375 ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:311
msgid "Name of the font family, e.g. Sans, Helvetica, Times, Monospace"
msgstr ""
"Nome da familia do tipo de letra, por exemplo Sans, Helvética, Times ou "
"Monospace"
2011-04-30 21:52:35 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:382 ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:383
2011-05-09 11:08:53 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:318
msgid "Font style"
msgstr "Estilo do tipo de letra"
2011-04-30 21:52:35 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:391 ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:392
2011-05-09 11:08:53 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:327
msgid "Font variant"
msgstr "Variante do tipo de letra"
2011-04-30 21:52:35 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:400 ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:401
2011-05-09 11:08:53 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:336
msgid "Font weight"
msgstr "Grosor do tipo de letra"
2011-04-30 21:52:35 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:410 ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:411
2011-05-09 11:08:53 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:347
msgid "Font stretch"
msgstr "Expandir o tipo de letra"
2011-04-30 21:52:35 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:419 ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:420
2011-05-09 11:08:53 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:356
msgid "Font size"
msgstr "Tamaño do tipo de letra"
2011-05-09 11:08:53 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:429 ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:376
msgid "Font points"
msgstr "Puntos do tipo de letra"
2011-05-09 11:08:53 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:430 ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:377
msgid "Font size in points"
msgstr "Tamaño do tipo de letra en puntos"
2011-05-09 11:08:53 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:439 ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:366
msgid "Font scale"
msgstr "Escala do tipo de letra"
2011-04-30 21:52:35 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:440
msgid "Font scaling factor"
msgstr "Factor de escalado do tipo de letra"
2011-05-09 11:08:53 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:449 ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:445
msgid "Rise"
msgstr "Elevación"
2011-04-30 21:52:35 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:450
msgid ""
"Offset of text above the baseline (below the baseline if rise is negative)"
msgstr ""
"Desprazamento do texto sobre a liña base (por debaixo da liña base se a "
"elevación é negativa)"
2011-05-09 11:08:53 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:461 ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:485
msgid "Strikethrough"
msgstr "Riscado"
2011-05-09 11:08:53 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:462 ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:486
msgid "Whether to strike through the text"
msgstr "Indica se se risca o texto"
2011-05-09 11:08:53 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:469 ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:493
msgid "Underline"
msgstr "Subliñado"
2011-05-09 11:08:53 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:470 ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:494
msgid "Style of underline for this text"
msgstr "Estilo de subliñado para este texto"
2011-05-09 11:08:53 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:478 ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:405
msgid "Language"
msgstr "Idioma"
2011-04-30 21:52:35 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:479
msgid ""
"The language this text is in, as an ISO code. Pango can use this as a hint "
"when rendering the text. If you don't understand this parameter, you "
"probably don't need it"
msgstr ""
"O idioma en que está este texto como un código ISO. O Pango pode empregar "
"isto como unha axuda cando está renderizando o texto. Se non comprende este "
"parámetro probabelmente non o necesite"
2011-08-24 19:03:09 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:499 ../gtk/gtklabel.c:861
2011-08-16 11:31:28 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkprogressbar.c:220
msgid "Ellipsize"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
msgstr "Elipsis"
2011-04-30 21:52:35 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:500
msgid ""
"The preferred place to ellipsize the string, if the cell renderer does not "
"have enough room to display the entire string"
msgstr ""
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
"O lugar preferido para a elipse a cadea, se o renderizador da cela non ten "
"espazo suficiente para mostrar a cadea completa"
2011-06-21 11:58:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:519 ../gtk/gtkfilechooserbutton.c:454
2011-08-24 19:03:09 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtklabel.c:882
msgid "Width In Characters"
msgstr "Largura en caracteres"
2011-08-24 19:03:09 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:520 ../gtk/gtklabel.c:883
msgid "The desired width of the label, in characters"
msgstr "A largura desexada da etiqueta, en caracteres"
2011-08-24 19:03:09 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:544 ../gtk/gtklabel.c:943
2010-08-23 00:22:00 +00:00
msgid "Maximum Width In Characters"
msgstr "Largura máxima en caracteres"
2011-04-30 21:52:35 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:545
2010-08-23 00:22:00 +00:00
msgid "The maximum width of the cell, in characters"
msgstr "A largura máxima da cela, en caracteres"
2011-05-09 11:08:53 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:563 ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:502
msgid "Wrap mode"
msgstr "Modo de axuste"
2011-04-30 21:52:35 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:564
msgid ""
"How to break the string into multiple lines, if the cell renderer does not "
"have enough room to display the entire string"
msgstr ""
"Como romper a cadea en liñas múltiples, se o renderizador da cela non ten "
"suficiente espazo para mostrar a cadea completa"
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:583 ../gtk/gtkcombobox.c:686
msgid "Wrap width"
msgstr "Largura de axuste"
2011-04-30 21:52:35 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:584
msgid "The width at which the text is wrapped"
msgstr "A largura á que o texto se axustará"
2011-06-21 11:58:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:604 ../gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:364
msgid "Alignment"
msgstr "Aliñamento"
2011-04-30 21:52:35 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:605
msgid "How to align the lines"
msgstr "Como aliñar as liñas"
2011-04-30 21:52:35 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:617 ../gtk/gtkcellview.c:317
2011-05-09 11:08:53 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:605
msgid "Background set"
msgstr "Definición do fondo"
2011-04-30 21:52:35 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:618 ../gtk/gtkcellview.c:318
2011-05-09 11:08:53 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:606
msgid "Whether this tag affects the background color"
msgstr "Indica se esta marca afecta á cor de fondo"
2011-05-09 11:08:53 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:621 ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:613
msgid "Foreground set"
msgstr "Definición do primeiro plano"
2011-05-09 11:08:53 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:622 ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:614
msgid "Whether this tag affects the foreground color"
msgstr "Indica se esta marca afecta á cor de primeiro plano"
2011-05-09 11:08:53 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:625 ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:617
msgid "Editability set"
msgstr "Definición da editabilidade"
2011-05-09 11:08:53 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:626 ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:618
msgid "Whether this tag affects text editability"
msgstr "Indica se esta marca afecta á editabilidade do texto"
2011-05-09 11:08:53 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:629 ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:621
msgid "Font family set"
msgstr "Definición da familia do tipo de letra"
2011-05-09 11:08:53 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:630 ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:622
msgid "Whether this tag affects the font family"
msgstr "Indica se esta marca afecta á familia do tipo de letra"
2011-05-09 11:08:53 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:633 ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:625
msgid "Font style set"
msgstr "Definición do estilo do tipo de letra"
2011-05-09 11:08:53 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:634 ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:626
msgid "Whether this tag affects the font style"
msgstr "Indica se esta marca afecta ao estilo do tipo de letra"
2011-05-09 11:08:53 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:637 ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:629
msgid "Font variant set"
msgstr "Definición da variante do tipo de letra"
2011-05-09 11:08:53 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:638 ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:630
msgid "Whether this tag affects the font variant"
msgstr "Indica se esta marca afecta á variante do tipo de letra"
2011-05-09 11:08:53 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:641 ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:633
msgid "Font weight set"
msgstr "Definición do grosor do tipo de letra"
2011-05-09 11:08:53 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:642 ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:634
msgid "Whether this tag affects the font weight"
msgstr "Indica se esta marca afecta ao grosor do tipo de letra"
2011-05-09 11:08:53 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:645 ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:637
msgid "Font stretch set"
msgstr "Definición da expansión do tipo de letra"
2011-05-09 11:08:53 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:646 ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:638
msgid "Whether this tag affects the font stretch"
msgstr "Indica se esta marca afecta á expansión do tipo de letra"
2011-05-09 11:08:53 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:649 ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:641
msgid "Font size set"
msgstr "Definición do tamaño do tipo de letra"
2011-05-09 11:08:53 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:650 ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:642
msgid "Whether this tag affects the font size"
msgstr "Indica se esta marca afecta ao tamaño do tipo de letra"
2011-05-09 11:08:53 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:653 ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:645
msgid "Font scale set"
msgstr "Definición da escala do tipo de letra"
2011-05-09 11:08:53 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:654 ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:646
msgid "Whether this tag scales the font size by a factor"
msgstr "Indica se esta etiqueta escala o tamaño do tipo de letra por un factor"
2011-05-09 11:08:53 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:657 ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:665
msgid "Rise set"
msgstr "Definición da elevación"
2011-05-09 11:08:53 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:658 ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:666
msgid "Whether this tag affects the rise"
msgstr "Indica se esta marca afecta á elevación"
2011-05-09 11:08:53 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:661 ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:681
msgid "Strikethrough set"
msgstr "Definición do riscado"
2011-05-09 11:08:53 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:662 ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:682
msgid "Whether this tag affects strikethrough"
msgstr "Indica se esta marca afecta ao riscado"
2011-05-09 11:08:53 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:665 ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:689
msgid "Underline set"
msgstr "Definición do subliñado"
2011-05-09 11:08:53 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:666 ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:690
msgid "Whether this tag affects underlining"
msgstr "Indica se esta marca afecta ao subliñado"
2011-05-09 11:08:53 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:669 ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:653
msgid "Language set"
msgstr "Definición do idioma"
2011-05-09 11:08:53 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:670 ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:654
msgid "Whether this tag affects the language the text is rendered as"
msgstr "Indica se esta marca afecta ao idioma en que se renderiza o texto"
2011-04-30 21:52:35 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:673
msgid "Ellipsize set"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
msgstr "Definición da elipse"
2011-04-30 21:52:35 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:674
msgid "Whether this tag affects the ellipsize mode"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
msgstr "Indica se esta marca afecta ao modo de elipse"
2011-04-30 21:52:35 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:677
msgid "Align set"
msgstr "Definición de aliñamento"
2011-04-30 21:52:35 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:678
msgid "Whether this tag affects the alignment mode"
msgstr "Indica se esta marca afecta ao modo de aliñamento"
2011-04-30 21:52:35 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertoggle.c:140
msgid "Toggle state"
msgstr "Estado alternábel"
2011-04-30 21:52:35 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertoggle.c:141
msgid "The toggle state of the button"
msgstr "O estado alternábel do botón"
2011-04-30 21:52:35 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertoggle.c:148
msgid "Inconsistent state"
msgstr "Estado inconsistente"
2011-04-30 21:52:35 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertoggle.c:149
msgid "The inconsistent state of the button"
msgstr "O estado inconsistente do botón"
2011-04-30 21:52:35 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertoggle.c:156
msgid "Activatable"
msgstr "Activábel"
2011-04-30 21:52:35 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertoggle.c:157
msgid "The toggle button can be activated"
msgstr "O botón de estado pódese activar"
2011-04-30 21:52:35 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertoggle.c:164
msgid "Radio state"
msgstr "Estado de opción"
2011-04-30 21:52:35 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertoggle.c:165
msgid "Draw the toggle button as a radio button"
msgstr "Debuxar o botón de estado como un botón de opción"
2011-04-30 21:52:35 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertoggle.c:172
msgid "Indicator size"
msgstr "Tamaño do indicador"
2011-08-16 11:31:28 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertoggle.c:173 ../gtk/gtkcheckbutton.c:95
#: ../gtk/gtkcheckmenuitem.c:146
msgid "Size of check or radio indicator"
msgstr "Tamaño do indicador de opción ou de verificación"
2011-04-30 21:52:35 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellview.c:212
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
msgid "Background RGBA color"
msgstr "Cor de fondo RGBA"
2011-04-30 21:52:35 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellview.c:227
msgid "CellView model"
msgstr "Modelo CellView"
2011-04-30 21:52:35 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellview.c:228
msgid "The model for cell view"
msgstr "O modelo para a visualización de cela"
#: ../gtk/gtkcellview.c:246 ../gtk/gtkcombobox.c:950
2011-09-19 23:27:13 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkentrycompletion.c:448 ../gtk/gtkiconview.c:770
2011-06-21 11:58:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktreemenu.c:329 ../gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:427
2011-01-06 23:11:51 +00:00
msgid "Cell Area"
msgstr "Área da cela"
#: ../gtk/gtkcellview.c:247 ../gtk/gtkcombobox.c:951
2011-09-19 23:27:13 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkentrycompletion.c:449 ../gtk/gtkiconview.c:771
2011-06-21 11:58:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktreemenu.c:330 ../gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:428
2011-01-06 23:11:51 +00:00
msgid "The GtkCellArea used to layout cells"
2011-01-09 15:42:40 +00:00
msgstr "O GtkCellArea usado para dispor celas"
2011-01-06 23:11:51 +00:00
2011-04-30 21:52:35 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellview.c:270
2011-01-06 23:11:51 +00:00
msgid "Cell Area Context"
msgstr "Contexto da área da cela"
2011-04-30 21:52:35 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellview.c:271
2011-01-06 23:11:51 +00:00
msgid "The GtkCellAreaContext used to compute the geometry of the cell view"
msgstr ""
2011-01-09 23:02:32 +00:00
"O GtkCellAreaContext usado para calcular a xeometría da visualización da cela"
2011-01-06 23:11:51 +00:00
2011-04-30 21:52:35 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellview.c:288
2011-01-06 23:11:51 +00:00
msgid "Draw Sensitive"
msgstr "Sensíbel"
2011-04-30 21:52:35 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellview.c:289
2011-01-06 23:11:51 +00:00
msgid "Whether to force cells to be drawn in a sensitive state"
msgstr "Indica se se deben debuxar as liñas na visualización en árbore"
2011-04-30 21:52:35 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellview.c:307
2011-01-06 23:11:51 +00:00
msgid "Fit Model"
2011-01-09 15:42:40 +00:00
msgstr "Arranxar modelo"
2011-01-06 23:11:51 +00:00
2011-04-30 21:52:35 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellview.c:308
2011-01-06 23:11:51 +00:00
msgid "Whether to request enough space for every row in the model"
msgstr ""
2011-01-09 15:42:40 +00:00
"Indica se solicitar ou non o espazo suficiente para cada fila no modelo"
2011-01-06 23:11:51 +00:00
2011-08-16 11:31:28 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcheckbutton.c:94 ../gtk/gtkcheckmenuitem.c:145
msgid "Indicator Size"
msgstr "Tamaño do indicador"
2011-08-16 11:31:28 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcheckbutton.c:102 ../gtk/gtkexpander.c:364
msgid "Indicator Spacing"
msgstr "Espazamento do indicador"
2011-08-16 11:31:28 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcheckbutton.c:103
msgid "Spacing around check or radio indicator"
msgstr "Espazamento ao redor do indicador de opción ou de verificación"
2011-08-16 11:31:28 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcheckmenuitem.c:123
msgid "Whether the menu item is checked"
msgstr "Indica se o elemento de menú está seleccionado"
2011-08-16 11:31:28 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcheckmenuitem.c:130 ../gtk/gtktogglebutton.c:186
msgid "Inconsistent"
msgstr "Inconsistente"
2011-08-16 11:31:28 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcheckmenuitem.c:131
msgid "Whether to display an \"inconsistent\" state"
msgstr "Indica se se debe mostrar un estado \"inconsistente\""
2011-08-16 11:31:28 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcheckmenuitem.c:138
msgid "Draw as radio menu item"
msgstr "Debuxar como un elemento do menú de opción"
2011-08-16 11:31:28 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcheckmenuitem.c:139
msgid "Whether the menu item looks like a radio menu item"
msgstr ""
"Indica se a aparencia do elemento de menú é como un elemento do menú de "
"opción"
2011-01-06 23:11:51 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcolorbutton.c:170
msgid "Use alpha"
msgstr "Usar alfa"
2011-01-06 23:11:51 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcolorbutton.c:171
2010-08-11 16:19:34 +00:00
msgid "Whether to give the color an alpha value"
msgstr "Indica se debe dárselle ou non un valor alfa á cor"
2011-06-21 11:58:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcolorbutton.c:185 ../gtk/gtkfilechooserbutton.c:440
2011-09-19 23:27:13 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkfontbutton.c:435 ../gtk/gtkprintjob.c:141
2011-06-21 11:58:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkstatusicon.c:438 ../gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:331
msgid "Title"
msgstr "Título"
2011-01-06 23:11:51 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcolorbutton.c:186
msgid "The title of the color selection dialog"
msgstr "O título do diálogo de selección da cor"
#: ../gtk/gtkcolorbutton.c:200 ../gtk/gtkcolorsel.c:335
msgid "Current Color"
msgstr "Cor actual"
2011-01-06 23:11:51 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcolorbutton.c:201
msgid "The selected color"
msgstr "A cor seleccionada"
#: ../gtk/gtkcolorbutton.c:215 ../gtk/gtkcolorsel.c:342
msgid "Current Alpha"
msgstr "Alfa actual"
2011-01-06 23:11:51 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcolorbutton.c:216
msgid "The selected opacity value (0 fully transparent, 65535 fully opaque)"
msgstr ""
"O valor de opacidade actual (0 é completamente transparente; 65535 é "
"completamente opaco)"
2011-01-06 23:11:51 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcolorbutton.c:230
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
msgid "Current RGBA Color"
msgstr "Cor RGBA actual"
2011-01-06 23:11:51 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcolorbutton.c:231
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
msgid "The selected RGBA color"
msgstr "A cor RGBA seleccionada"
#: ../gtk/gtkcolorsel.c:321
msgid "Has Opacity Control"
msgstr "Ten un control de opacidade"
#: ../gtk/gtkcolorsel.c:322
msgid "Whether the color selector should allow setting opacity"
msgstr "Indica se o selector de cor pode permitir seleccionar a opacidade"
#: ../gtk/gtkcolorsel.c:328
msgid "Has palette"
msgstr "Ten unha paleta"
#: ../gtk/gtkcolorsel.c:329
msgid "Whether a palette should be used"
msgstr "Indica se se pode usar unha paleta"
#: ../gtk/gtkcolorsel.c:336
msgid "The current color"
msgstr "A cor actual"
#: ../gtk/gtkcolorsel.c:343
msgid "The current opacity value (0 fully transparent, 65535 fully opaque)"
msgstr ""
"O valor de opacidade actual (0 é completamente transparente, 65535 é "
"completamente opaco)"
#: ../gtk/gtkcolorsel.c:357
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
msgid "Current RGBA"
msgstr "RGBA actual"
#: ../gtk/gtkcolorsel.c:358
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
msgid "The current RGBA color"
msgstr "A cor RGBA actual"
2011-08-16 11:31:28 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcolorseldialog.c:136
msgid "Color Selection"
msgstr "Selección de cor"
2011-08-16 11:31:28 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcolorseldialog.c:137
msgid "The color selection embedded in the dialog."
msgstr "A selección de cor incorporada no diálogo."
2011-08-16 11:31:28 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcolorseldialog.c:143
msgid "OK Button"
msgstr "Botón Aceptar"
2011-08-16 11:31:28 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcolorseldialog.c:144
msgid "The OK button of the dialog."
msgstr "O botón Aceptar do diálogo."
2011-08-16 11:31:28 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcolorseldialog.c:150
msgid "Cancel Button"
msgstr "Botón Cancelar"
2011-08-16 11:31:28 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcolorseldialog.c:151
msgid "The cancel button of the dialog."
msgstr "O botón Cancelar do diálogo."
2011-08-16 11:31:28 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcolorseldialog.c:157
msgid "Help Button"
msgstr "Botón Axuda"
2011-08-16 11:31:28 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcolorseldialog.c:158
msgid "The help button of the dialog."
msgstr "O botón Axuda do diálogo."
#: ../gtk/gtkcombobox.c:669
msgid "ComboBox model"
msgstr "Modelo de caixa de combinación"
#: ../gtk/gtkcombobox.c:670
msgid "The model for the combo box"
msgstr "O modelo para a caixa de combinación"
#: ../gtk/gtkcombobox.c:687
msgid "Wrap width for laying out the items in a grid"
2011-01-27 02:26:00 +00:00
msgstr "Largura de axuste para distribuír os elementos nunha grella"
#: ../gtk/gtkcombobox.c:709 ../gtk/gtktreemenu.c:383
msgid "Row span column"
msgstr "Columna de expansión da fila"
#: ../gtk/gtkcombobox.c:710 ../gtk/gtktreemenu.c:384
msgid "TreeModel column containing the row span values"
msgstr "Columna TreeModel que contén os valores de expansión da fila"
#: ../gtk/gtkcombobox.c:731 ../gtk/gtktreemenu.c:404
msgid "Column span column"
msgstr "Columna de expansión da columna"
#: ../gtk/gtkcombobox.c:732 ../gtk/gtktreemenu.c:405
msgid "TreeModel column containing the column span values"
msgstr "Columna TreeModel que contén os valores de expansión da columna"
#: ../gtk/gtkcombobox.c:753
msgid "Active item"
msgstr "Elemento activo"
#: ../gtk/gtkcombobox.c:754
msgid "The item which is currently active"
msgstr "O elemento que está activo actualmente"
#: ../gtk/gtkcombobox.c:773 ../gtk/gtkuimanager.c:479
msgid "Add tearoffs to menus"
msgstr "Engadir tiradores aos menús"
#: ../gtk/gtkcombobox.c:774
msgid "Whether dropdowns should have a tearoff menu item"
msgstr ""
"Indica se os menús despregábeis deben ter un elemento de menú desprazábel"
#: ../gtk/gtkcombobox.c:789 ../gtk/gtkentry.c:786
msgid "Has Frame"
msgstr "Ten marco"
#: ../gtk/gtkcombobox.c:790
msgid "Whether the combo box draws a frame around the child"
msgstr "Indica se a caixa de combinación debuxa un marco ao redor do fillo"
#: ../gtk/gtkcombobox.c:798
msgid "Whether the combo box grabs focus when it is clicked with the mouse"
msgstr "Indica se a caixa de combinación captura o foco cando se preme co rato"
#: ../gtk/gtkcombobox.c:813 ../gtk/gtkmenu.c:643
msgid "Tearoff Title"
msgstr "Título do tirador"
#: ../gtk/gtkcombobox.c:814
msgid ""
"A title that may be displayed by the window manager when the popup is torn-"
"off"
msgstr ""
"Un título que o xestor de xanelas pode mostrar cando o menú emerxente se "
"separa"
#: ../gtk/gtkcombobox.c:831
msgid "Popup shown"
msgstr "Menú emerxente mostrado"
#: ../gtk/gtkcombobox.c:832
msgid "Whether the combo's dropdown is shown"
msgstr "Indica se se mostra o despregábel da caixa de combinación"
#: ../gtk/gtkcombobox.c:848
msgid "Button Sensitivity"
msgstr "Sensibilidade do botón"
#: ../gtk/gtkcombobox.c:849
msgid "Whether the dropdown button is sensitive when the model is empty"
msgstr "Indica se o botón despregábel é sensíbel cando o modelo está baleiro"
#: ../gtk/gtkcombobox.c:865
2010-10-24 23:13:13 +00:00
msgid "Whether combo box has an entry"
msgstr "Indica se o ComboBox ten unha entrada"
#: ../gtk/gtkcombobox.c:880
2010-10-24 23:13:13 +00:00
msgid "Entry Text Column"
msgstr "Columna de entrada de texto"
#: ../gtk/gtkcombobox.c:881
2010-10-24 23:13:13 +00:00
msgid ""
"The column in the combo box's model to associate with strings from the entry "
"if the combo was created with #GtkComboBox:has-entry = %TRUE"
msgstr ""
"A columna no modelo de caixa de combinación para asociar con cadeas da "
"entrada se a caixa combinada creouse con #GtkComboBox:has-entry = %TRUE"
#: ../gtk/gtkcombobox.c:898
2010-12-05 13:57:08 +00:00
msgid "ID Column"
msgstr "ID da columna"
#: ../gtk/gtkcombobox.c:899
2010-12-05 13:57:08 +00:00
msgid ""
"The column in the combo box's model that provides string IDs for the values "
"in the model"
msgstr ""
"A columna no modelo de caixa de combinación que fornece os ID de cadeas para "
"os valores no modelo"
#: ../gtk/gtkcombobox.c:914
2010-12-05 13:57:08 +00:00
msgid "Active id"
msgstr "ID activo"
#: ../gtk/gtkcombobox.c:915
2010-12-05 13:57:08 +00:00
msgid "The value of the id column for the active row"
msgstr "O valor do ID da columna para a fila activa"
#: ../gtk/gtkcombobox.c:930
2010-10-24 23:13:13 +00:00
msgid "Popup Fixed Width"
msgstr "Anchura fixa de emerxente"
#: ../gtk/gtkcombobox.c:931
2010-10-24 23:13:13 +00:00
msgid ""
"Whether the popup's width should be a fixed width matching the allocated "
"width of the combo box"
msgstr ""
"Indica se a anchura do emerxente debería ser fixa coincidindo coa anchura "
"reservada para a caixa de combinación"
#: ../gtk/gtkcombobox.c:957
msgid "Appears as list"
msgstr "Móstrase como unha lista"
#: ../gtk/gtkcombobox.c:958
msgid "Whether dropdowns should look like lists rather than menus"
msgstr "Indica se os despregábeis deben parecerse a listas en vez de a menús"
#: ../gtk/gtkcombobox.c:974
msgid "Arrow Size"
msgstr "Tamaño da frecha"
#: ../gtk/gtkcombobox.c:975
msgid "The minimum size of the arrow in the combo box"
msgstr "O tamaño mínimo da frecha no caixa de combinación"
#: ../gtk/gtkcombobox.c:992
2011-03-15 14:53:00 +00:00
msgid "The amount of space used by the arrow"
msgstr "Cantidade de espazo usada pola frecha"
#: ../gtk/gtkcombobox.c:1007 ../gtk/gtkentry.c:886 ../gtk/gtkhandlebox.c:218
#: ../gtk/gtkmenubar.c:218 ../gtk/gtkstatusbar.c:182 ../gtk/gtktoolbar.c:614
2011-08-16 11:31:28 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkviewport.c:155
msgid "Shadow type"
msgstr "Tipo de sombra"
#: ../gtk/gtkcombobox.c:1008
msgid "Which kind of shadow to draw around the combo box"
msgstr "A clase de sombra que se debuxa ao redor da caixa de combinación"
2011-06-21 11:58:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcontainer.c:457
msgid "Resize mode"
msgstr "Modo de redimensionamento"
2011-06-21 11:58:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcontainer.c:458
msgid "Specify how resize events are handled"
msgstr "Especifica como se manipulan os eventos de redimensionamento"
2011-06-21 11:58:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcontainer.c:465
msgid "Border width"
msgstr "Largura do bordo"
2011-06-21 11:58:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcontainer.c:466
msgid "The width of the empty border outside the containers children"
msgstr "A largura do bordo baleiro fóra dos contedores fillos"
2011-06-21 11:58:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcontainer.c:474
msgid "Child"
msgstr "Fillo"
2011-06-21 11:58:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcontainer.c:475
msgid "Can be used to add a new child to the container"
msgstr "Pode usarse para engadir un fillo novo ao contedor"
2011-08-16 11:31:28 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkdialog.c:291 ../gtk/gtkinfobar.c:427
msgid "Content area border"
msgstr "Bordo da área de contidos"
2011-08-16 11:31:28 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkdialog.c:292
msgid "Width of border around the main dialog area"
msgstr "Largura do bordo ao redor da área principal da caixa de diálogo"
2011-08-16 11:31:28 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkdialog.c:309 ../gtk/gtkinfobar.c:444
msgid "Content area spacing"
msgstr "Espazamento da área de contido"
2011-08-16 11:31:28 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkdialog.c:310
msgid "Spacing between elements of the main dialog area"
msgstr "O espazamento entre os elementos da área de diálogo principal"
2011-08-16 11:31:28 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkdialog.c:317 ../gtk/gtkinfobar.c:460
msgid "Button spacing"
msgstr "Espazamento dos botóns"
2011-08-16 11:31:28 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkdialog.c:318 ../gtk/gtkinfobar.c:461
msgid "Spacing between buttons"
msgstr "Espazamento entre os botóns"
2011-08-16 11:31:28 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkdialog.c:326 ../gtk/gtkinfobar.c:476
msgid "Action area border"
msgstr "Bordo da área de acción"
2011-08-16 11:31:28 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkdialog.c:327
msgid "Width of border around the button area at the bottom of the dialog"
msgstr ""
"Largura do bordo ao redor da área do botón na parte inferior da caixa de "
"diálogo"
2011-07-10 22:12:43 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkentrybuffer.c:353
msgid "The contents of the buffer"
msgstr "Os contidos do búfer"
#: ../gtk/gtkentrybuffer.c:367 ../gtk/gtkentry.c:917
msgid "Text length"
msgstr "Lonxitude de texto"
#: ../gtk/gtkentrybuffer.c:368
msgid "Length of the text currently in the buffer"
msgstr "A lonxitude do texto que está actualmente no búfer"
#: ../gtk/gtkentrybuffer.c:382 ../gtk/gtkentry.c:769
msgid "Maximum length"
msgstr "Lonxitude máxima"
#: ../gtk/gtkentrybuffer.c:383 ../gtk/gtkentry.c:770
msgid "Maximum number of characters for this entry. Zero if no maximum"
msgstr "Número máximo de caracteres nesta entrada. É cero se non hai un máximo"
#: ../gtk/gtkentry.c:733
2009-07-10 23:02:32 +00:00
msgid "Text Buffer"
2009-08-19 11:39:19 +00:00
msgstr "Búfer de texto"
2009-07-10 23:02:32 +00:00
2011-07-10 22:12:43 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkentry.c:734
2009-07-10 23:02:32 +00:00
msgid "Text buffer object which actually stores entry text"
2009-08-19 11:39:19 +00:00
msgstr "Obxecto de búfer de texto que almacena actualmente a entrada de texto"
2009-07-10 23:02:32 +00:00
2011-08-24 19:03:09 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkentry.c:741 ../gtk/gtklabel.c:824
msgid "Cursor Position"
msgstr "Posición do cursor"
2011-08-24 19:03:09 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkentry.c:742 ../gtk/gtklabel.c:825
msgid "The current position of the insertion cursor in chars"
msgstr "A posición actual do cursor de inserción en caracteres"
2011-08-24 19:03:09 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkentry.c:751 ../gtk/gtklabel.c:834
msgid "Selection Bound"
msgstr "Límite da selección"
2011-08-24 19:03:09 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkentry.c:752 ../gtk/gtklabel.c:835
msgid ""
"The position of the opposite end of the selection from the cursor in chars"
msgstr "A posición en caracteres do extremo oposto da selección desde o cursor"
2011-07-10 22:12:43 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkentry.c:762
msgid "Whether the entry contents can be edited"
msgstr "Indica se os contidos da entrada se poden editar"
2011-07-10 22:12:43 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkentry.c:778
msgid "Visibility"
msgstr "Visibilidade"
2011-07-10 22:12:43 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkentry.c:779
msgid ""
"FALSE displays the \"invisible char\" instead of the actual text (password "
"mode)"
msgstr ""
"FALSE mostra o \"carácter invisíbel\" en lugar do texto actual (no modo "
"contrasinal)"
2011-07-10 22:12:43 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkentry.c:787
msgid "FALSE removes outside bevel from entry"
msgstr "FALSE elimina o bisel exterior da entrada"
2011-07-10 22:12:43 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkentry.c:795
msgid ""
"Border between text and frame. Overrides the inner-border style property"
msgstr ""
"Bordo entre o texto e o marco. Sobreponse á propiedade de estilo do bordo "
"interno"
#: ../gtk/gtkentry.c:802 ../gtk/gtkentry.c:1399
msgid "Invisible character"
msgstr "Carácter invisíbel"
#: ../gtk/gtkentry.c:803 ../gtk/gtkentry.c:1400
msgid "The character to use when masking entry contents (in \"password mode\")"
msgstr ""
"O carácter que usar cando se oculten os contidos da entrada (no \"modo de "
"contrasinal\")"
2011-07-10 22:12:43 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkentry.c:810
msgid "Activates default"
2011-01-27 02:26:00 +00:00
msgstr "Activa o predeterminado"
2011-07-10 22:12:43 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkentry.c:811
msgid ""
"Whether to activate the default widget (such as the default button in a "
"dialog) when Enter is pressed"
msgstr ""
2011-01-27 02:26:00 +00:00
"Indica se se debe activar o widget predeterminado (como o botón "
"predeterminado nunha caixa de diálogo) cando se prema a tecla Intro"
2011-07-10 22:12:43 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkentry.c:817
msgid "Width in chars"
msgstr "Largura en caracteres"
2011-07-10 22:12:43 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkentry.c:818
msgid "Number of characters to leave space for in the entry"
msgstr "Número de caracteres para os que deixar espazo na entrada"
2011-07-10 22:12:43 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkentry.c:827
msgid "Scroll offset"
msgstr "Compensación do desprazamento"
2011-07-10 22:12:43 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkentry.c:828
msgid "Number of pixels of the entry scrolled off the screen to the left"
msgstr ""
"Número de píxeles da entrada desprazados fóra da pantalla e cara á esquerda"
2011-07-10 22:12:43 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkentry.c:838
msgid "The contents of the entry"
msgstr "Os contidos da entrada"
2011-07-10 22:12:43 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkentry.c:853 ../gtk/gtkmisc.c:105
msgid "X align"
msgstr "Aliñamento X"
2011-07-10 22:12:43 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkentry.c:854 ../gtk/gtkmisc.c:106
msgid ""
"The horizontal alignment, from 0 (left) to 1 (right). Reversed for RTL "
"layouts."
msgstr ""
"O aliñamento horizontal, desde 0 (esquerda) até 1 (dereita). Ao revés para "
"disposicións DAE."
2011-07-10 22:12:43 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkentry.c:870
msgid "Truncate multiline"
msgstr "Truncar multiliña"
2011-07-10 22:12:43 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkentry.c:871
msgid "Whether to truncate multiline pastes to one line."
2010-03-04 23:25:31 +00:00
msgstr "Indica se se truncan as accións de pegar multiliñas nunha liña."
2011-07-10 22:12:43 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkentry.c:887
msgid "Which kind of shadow to draw around the entry when has-frame is set"
msgstr ""
"Que tipo de sombra debuxar ao redor da entrada cando has-frame está activado"
2011-07-10 22:12:43 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkentry.c:902 ../gtk/gtktextview.c:766
msgid "Overwrite mode"
msgstr "Modo de sobrescritura"
2011-07-10 22:12:43 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkentry.c:903
msgid "Whether new text overwrites existing text"
msgstr "Indica se o texto novo sobrescribe o texto existente"
2011-07-10 22:12:43 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkentry.c:918
msgid "Length of the text currently in the entry"
msgstr "A lonxitude do texto que está actualmente na entrada"
2011-07-10 22:12:43 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkentry.c:933
2010-08-11 16:19:34 +00:00
msgid "Invisible character set"
msgstr "Conxunto de caracteres invisíbel"
2011-07-10 22:12:43 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkentry.c:934
2010-08-11 16:19:34 +00:00
msgid "Whether the invisible character has been set"
msgstr "Indica se o carácter invisíbel foi definido"
2011-07-10 22:12:43 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkentry.c:952
msgid "Caps Lock warning"
msgstr "Aviso de Bloq Maiús"
2011-07-10 22:12:43 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkentry.c:953
msgid "Whether password entries will show a warning when Caps Lock is on"
msgstr ""
"Indica se as entradas de contrasinal mostrarán un aviso cando Bloq Maiús "
"estea activado"
2011-07-10 22:12:43 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkentry.c:967
msgid "Progress Fraction"
msgstr "Fracción de progreso"
2011-07-10 22:12:43 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkentry.c:968
msgid "The current fraction of the task that's been completed"
msgstr "A fracción actual da tarefa que está terminada"
2011-07-10 22:12:43 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkentry.c:985
msgid "Progress Pulse Step"
msgstr "Paso de pulso de progreso"
2011-07-10 22:12:43 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkentry.c:986
msgid ""
"The fraction of total entry width to move the progress bouncing block for "
"each call to gtk_entry_progress_pulse()"
msgstr ""
"A fracción total da largura da entrada para mover o bloque de rebote de "
"progreso para cada chamada a gtk_entry_progress_pulse()"
#: ../gtk/gtkentry.c:1003
2011-04-30 21:52:35 +00:00
msgid "Placeholder text"
2011-05-09 11:08:53 +00:00
msgstr "Escribir aquí"
2011-04-30 21:52:35 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkentry.c:1004
2011-04-30 21:52:35 +00:00
msgid "Show text in the entry when it's empty and unfocused"
msgstr "Mostrar texto na entrada cando esta está baleira ou non ten o foco"
#: ../gtk/gtkentry.c:1018
msgid "Primary pixbuf"
msgstr "Pixbuf primario"
#: ../gtk/gtkentry.c:1019
msgid "Primary pixbuf for the entry"
msgstr "O pixbuf primario para a entrada"
#: ../gtk/gtkentry.c:1033
msgid "Secondary pixbuf"
msgstr "Pixbuf secundario"
#: ../gtk/gtkentry.c:1034
msgid "Secondary pixbuf for the entry"
msgstr "O pixbuf secundario para a entrada"
#: ../gtk/gtkentry.c:1048
msgid "Primary stock ID"
msgstr "ID de inventario primario"
#: ../gtk/gtkentry.c:1049
msgid "Stock ID for primary icon"
msgstr "O ID de inventario para a icona primaria"
#: ../gtk/gtkentry.c:1063
msgid "Secondary stock ID"
msgstr "ID de inventario secundario"
#: ../gtk/gtkentry.c:1064
msgid "Stock ID for secondary icon"
msgstr "O ID de inventario para a icona secundaria"
#: ../gtk/gtkentry.c:1078
msgid "Primary icon name"
msgstr "Nome de icona primaria"
#: ../gtk/gtkentry.c:1079
msgid "Icon name for primary icon"
msgstr "O nome de icona para a icona primaria"
#: ../gtk/gtkentry.c:1093
msgid "Secondary icon name"
msgstr "Nome de icona secundaria"
#: ../gtk/gtkentry.c:1094
msgid "Icon name for secondary icon"
msgstr "O nome de icona para a icona secundaria"
#: ../gtk/gtkentry.c:1108
msgid "Primary GIcon"
msgstr "GIcon primaria"
#: ../gtk/gtkentry.c:1109
msgid "GIcon for primary icon"
msgstr "O nome para a GIcon primaria"
#: ../gtk/gtkentry.c:1123
msgid "Secondary GIcon"
msgstr "GIcon secundaria"
#: ../gtk/gtkentry.c:1124
msgid "GIcon for secondary icon"
msgstr "O nome para a GIcon secundaria"
#: ../gtk/gtkentry.c:1138
msgid "Primary storage type"
msgstr "Tipo de almacenamento primario"
#: ../gtk/gtkentry.c:1139
msgid "The representation being used for primary icon"
msgstr "A representación usada para a icona primaria"
#: ../gtk/gtkentry.c:1154
msgid "Secondary storage type"
msgstr "Tipo de almacenamento secundario"
#: ../gtk/gtkentry.c:1155
msgid "The representation being used for secondary icon"
msgstr "A representación usada para a icona secundaria"
#: ../gtk/gtkentry.c:1176
msgid "Primary icon activatable"
msgstr "Icona primaria activábel"
#: ../gtk/gtkentry.c:1177
msgid "Whether the primary icon is activatable"
msgstr "Indica se a icona primaria é activábel"
#: ../gtk/gtkentry.c:1197
msgid "Secondary icon activatable"
msgstr "Icona secundaria activábel"
#: ../gtk/gtkentry.c:1198
msgid "Whether the secondary icon is activatable"
msgstr "Indica se a icona secundaria é activábel"
#: ../gtk/gtkentry.c:1220
msgid "Primary icon sensitive"
msgstr "Sensibilidade da icona primaria"
#: ../gtk/gtkentry.c:1221
msgid "Whether the primary icon is sensitive"
msgstr "Indica se a icona primaria é sensíbel"
#: ../gtk/gtkentry.c:1242
msgid "Secondary icon sensitive"
msgstr "Sensibilidade da icona secundaria"
#: ../gtk/gtkentry.c:1243
msgid "Whether the secondary icon is sensitive"
msgstr "Indica se a icona secundaria é sensíbel"
#: ../gtk/gtkentry.c:1259
msgid "Primary icon tooltip text"
msgstr "Texto da indicación da icona primaria"
#: ../gtk/gtkentry.c:1260 ../gtk/gtkentry.c:1296
msgid "The contents of the tooltip on the primary icon"
msgstr "O contido da indicación da icona primaria"
#: ../gtk/gtkentry.c:1276
msgid "Secondary icon tooltip text"
msgstr "Texto da indicación da icona secundaria"
#: ../gtk/gtkentry.c:1277 ../gtk/gtkentry.c:1315
msgid "The contents of the tooltip on the secondary icon"
msgstr "O contido da indicación da icona secundaria"
#: ../gtk/gtkentry.c:1295
msgid "Primary icon tooltip markup"
msgstr "Marcación da indicación da icona primaria"
#: ../gtk/gtkentry.c:1314
msgid "Secondary icon tooltip markup"
msgstr "Marcación da indicación da icona secundaria"
#: ../gtk/gtkentry.c:1334 ../gtk/gtktextview.c:794
msgid "IM module"
msgstr "Módulo MI"
#: ../gtk/gtkentry.c:1335 ../gtk/gtktextview.c:795
msgid "Which IM module should be used"
msgstr "O módulo de MI que se debería usar"
#: ../gtk/gtkentry.c:1349
2011-04-30 21:52:35 +00:00
msgid "Completion"
msgstr "Completado"
#: ../gtk/gtkentry.c:1350
2011-04-30 21:52:35 +00:00
msgid "The auxiliary completion object"
msgstr "O obxecto de completado auxiliar"
#: ../gtk/gtkentry.c:1364
msgid "Icon Prelight"
msgstr "Iluminación previa da icona"
#: ../gtk/gtkentry.c:1365
msgid "Whether activatable icons should prelight when hovered"
msgstr ""
"Indica se as iconas activábeis se deberían iluminar previamente ao pasar o "
"rato por encima"
#: ../gtk/gtkentry.c:1378
msgid "Progress Border"
msgstr "Bordo do progreso"
#: ../gtk/gtkentry.c:1379
msgid "Border around the progress bar"
msgstr "O bordo ao redor da barra de progreso"
#: ../gtk/gtkentry.c:1871
msgid "Border between text and frame."
msgstr "Bordo entre o texto e o marco."
2011-02-05 23:26:36 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkentrycompletion.c:320
msgid "Completion Model"
msgstr "Modelo de completado"
2011-02-05 23:26:36 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkentrycompletion.c:321
msgid "The model to find matches in"
2011-01-27 02:26:00 +00:00
msgstr "O modelo para atopar coincidencias"
2011-02-05 23:26:36 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkentrycompletion.c:327
msgid "Minimum Key Length"
msgstr "Lonxitude mínima da chave"
2011-02-05 23:26:36 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkentrycompletion.c:328
msgid "Minimum length of the search key in order to look up matches"
2011-01-27 02:26:00 +00:00
msgstr "Lonxitude mínima da chave de busca para atopar coincidencias"
2011-09-19 23:27:13 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkentrycompletion.c:344 ../gtk/gtkiconview.c:566
msgid "Text column"
msgstr "Columna de texto"
2011-02-05 23:26:36 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkentrycompletion.c:345
msgid "The column of the model containing the strings."
msgstr "Unha columna do modelo que contén as cadeas."
2011-02-05 23:26:36 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkentrycompletion.c:364
msgid "Inline completion"
msgstr "Completado en liña"
2011-02-05 23:26:36 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkentrycompletion.c:365
msgid "Whether the common prefix should be inserted automatically"
msgstr "Indica se o prefixo común se debe inserir automaticamente"
2011-02-05 23:26:36 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkentrycompletion.c:379
msgid "Popup completion"
msgstr "Emerxer os completados"
2011-02-05 23:26:36 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkentrycompletion.c:380
msgid "Whether the completions should be shown in a popup window"
msgstr "Indica se os completados se deben mostrar nunha xanela emerxente"
2011-02-05 23:26:36 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkentrycompletion.c:395
msgid "Popup set width"
msgstr "O emerxente define a largura"
2011-02-05 23:26:36 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkentrycompletion.c:396
msgid "If TRUE, the popup window will have the same size as the entry"
msgstr "Se é TRUE, a xanela emerxente terá o mesmo tamaño que a entrada"
2011-02-05 23:26:36 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkentrycompletion.c:414
msgid "Popup single match"
msgstr "Emerxente para coincidencia única"
2011-02-05 23:26:36 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkentrycompletion.c:415
msgid "If TRUE, the popup window will appear for a single match."
msgstr "Se é TRUE, a xanela emerxente aparecerá para unha coincidencia única."
2011-02-05 23:26:36 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkentrycompletion.c:429
msgid "Inline selection"
msgstr "Selección en liña"
2011-02-05 23:26:36 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkentrycompletion.c:430
msgid "Your description here"
msgstr "A súa descrición aquí"
2011-01-06 23:11:51 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkeventbox.c:109
msgid "Visible Window"
msgstr "Xanela visíbel"
2011-01-06 23:11:51 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkeventbox.c:110
msgid ""
"Whether the event box is visible, as opposed to invisible and only used to "
"trap events."
msgstr ""
"Indica se a caixa de eventos é visíbel, ao contrario da invisíbel; só se usa "
"para capturar eventos."
2011-01-06 23:11:51 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkeventbox.c:116
msgid "Above child"
msgstr "Encima do fillo"
2011-01-06 23:11:51 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkeventbox.c:117
msgid ""
"Whether the event-trapping window of the eventbox is above the window of the "
"child widget as opposed to below it."
msgstr ""
"Indica se a xanela captadora de eventos da caixa de eventos está por encima "
"da xanela do widget fillo ao contrario de por debaixo dela."
2011-07-10 22:12:43 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkexpander.c:282
msgid "Expanded"
msgstr "Expandido"
2011-07-10 22:12:43 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkexpander.c:283
msgid "Whether the expander has been opened to reveal the child widget"
msgstr "Indica se o expansor foi aberto para deixar ver o widget fillo"
2011-07-10 22:12:43 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkexpander.c:291
msgid "Text of the expander's label"
msgstr "Texto da etiqueta do expansor"
2011-08-24 19:03:09 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkexpander.c:306 ../gtk/gtklabel.c:743
msgid "Use markup"
msgstr "Usar a marcación"
2011-08-24 19:03:09 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkexpander.c:307 ../gtk/gtklabel.c:744
msgid "The text of the label includes XML markup. See pango_parse_markup()"
msgstr "O texto da etiqueta inclúe marcación XML. Vexa pango_parse_markup()"
2011-07-10 22:12:43 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkexpander.c:315
msgid "Space to put between the label and the child"
msgstr "Espazo para pór entre a etiqueta e o fillo"
#: ../gtk/gtkexpander.c:324 ../gtk/gtkframe.c:206 ../gtk/gtktoolbutton.c:245
2011-06-21 11:58:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktoolitemgroup.c:1599
msgid "Label widget"
msgstr "Widget etiqueta"
2011-07-10 22:12:43 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkexpander.c:325
msgid "A widget to display in place of the usual expander label"
msgstr "Un widget para mostrar en lugar da etiqueta habitual do expansor"
2011-07-10 22:12:43 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkexpander.c:332
2010-08-11 16:19:34 +00:00
msgid "Label fill"
msgstr "Recheo da etiqueta"
2011-07-10 22:12:43 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkexpander.c:333
2010-08-11 16:19:34 +00:00
msgid "Whether the label widget should fill all available horizontal space"
msgstr ""
"Indica se o widget etiqueta deben encher todo o espazo horizontal dispoñíbel"
2011-07-10 22:12:43 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkexpander.c:348
2011-08-16 11:31:28 +00:00
msgid "Resize toplevel"
2011-05-09 11:08:53 +00:00
msgstr "Redimensionar nivel superior"
2011-04-30 21:52:35 +00:00
2011-07-10 22:12:43 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkexpander.c:349
2011-04-30 21:52:35 +00:00
msgid ""
"Whether the expander will resize the toplevel window upon expanding and "
"collapsing"
msgstr ""
2011-05-09 11:08:53 +00:00
"Indica se o expansor redimensionará a xanela de nivel superior ao expandirse "
"e contraerse"
2011-04-30 21:52:35 +00:00
2011-07-10 22:12:43 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkexpander.c:355 ../gtk/gtktoolitemgroup.c:1627
#: ../gtk/gtktreeview.c:1186
msgid "Expander Size"
msgstr "Tamaño do expansor"
2011-07-10 22:12:43 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkexpander.c:356 ../gtk/gtktoolitemgroup.c:1628
#: ../gtk/gtktreeview.c:1187
msgid "Size of the expander arrow"
msgstr "Tamaño da frecha do expansor"
2011-07-10 22:12:43 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkexpander.c:365
msgid "Spacing around expander arrow"
msgstr "Espazamento ao redor da frecha do expansor"
2011-06-21 11:58:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkfilechooserbutton.c:409
2010-08-27 21:25:56 +00:00
msgid "Dialog"
msgstr "Diálogo"
2011-06-21 11:58:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkfilechooserbutton.c:410
2010-08-27 21:25:56 +00:00
msgid "The file chooser dialog to use."
msgstr "O diálogo do selector de ficheiros para usar."
2011-06-21 11:58:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkfilechooserbutton.c:441
2010-08-27 21:25:56 +00:00
msgid "The title of the file chooser dialog."
msgstr "O título do diálogo de selección de ficheiros."
2011-06-21 11:58:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkfilechooserbutton.c:455
2010-08-27 21:25:56 +00:00
msgid "The desired width of the button widget, in characters."
msgstr "A largura desexada do widget de botón, en caracteres."
2011-02-05 23:26:36 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkfilechooser.c:747
msgid "Action"
msgstr "Acción"
2011-02-05 23:26:36 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkfilechooser.c:748
msgid "The type of operation that the file selector is performing"
msgstr "O tipo de operación que o selector de ficheiro está realizando"
2011-02-05 23:26:36 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkfilechooser.c:754 ../gtk/gtkrecentchooser.c:264
msgid "Filter"
msgstr "Filtro"
2011-02-05 23:26:36 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkfilechooser.c:755
msgid "The current filter for selecting which files are displayed"
msgstr "O filtro actual para seleccionar que ficheiros se mostran"
2011-02-05 23:26:36 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkfilechooser.c:760
msgid "Local Only"
msgstr "Só local"
2011-02-05 23:26:36 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkfilechooser.c:761
msgid "Whether the selected file(s) should be limited to local file: URLs"
msgstr ""
"Indica se os ficheiros seleccionados deben limitarse a URL tipo 'file:' "
"locais"
2011-02-05 23:26:36 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkfilechooser.c:766
msgid "Preview widget"
msgstr "Widget de previsualización"
2011-02-05 23:26:36 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkfilechooser.c:767
msgid "Application supplied widget for custom previews."
2009-08-10 15:19:30 +00:00
msgstr "Widget de aplicativo fornecido para previsualizacións personalizadas."
2011-02-05 23:26:36 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkfilechooser.c:772
msgid "Preview Widget Active"
msgstr "Widget de previsualización activo"
2011-02-05 23:26:36 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkfilechooser.c:773
msgid ""
"Whether the application supplied widget for custom previews should be shown."
msgstr ""
2009-08-10 15:19:30 +00:00
"Indica se se debería mostrar o widget fornecido polo aplicativo para "
"previsualizacións personalizadas."
2011-02-05 23:26:36 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkfilechooser.c:778
msgid "Use Preview Label"
msgstr "Usar a etiqueta de previsualización"
2011-02-05 23:26:36 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkfilechooser.c:779
msgid "Whether to display a stock label with the name of the previewed file."
msgstr ""
"Indica se se debe mostrar unha etiqueta co nome do ficheiro previsualizado."
2011-02-05 23:26:36 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkfilechooser.c:784
msgid "Extra widget"
msgstr "Widget adicional"
2011-02-05 23:26:36 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkfilechooser.c:785
msgid "Application supplied widget for extra options."
2009-08-10 15:19:30 +00:00
msgstr "Widget de aplicativo fornecido para opcións adicionais."
2011-02-05 23:26:36 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkfilechooser.c:790 ../gtk/gtkrecentchooser.c:203
msgid "Select Multiple"
msgstr "Selección múltiple"
2011-02-05 23:26:36 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkfilechooser.c:791
msgid "Whether to allow multiple files to be selected"
msgstr "Indica se se permite seleccionar múltiples ficheiros"
2011-02-05 23:26:36 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkfilechooser.c:797
msgid "Show Hidden"
msgstr "Mostrar os ocultos"
2011-02-05 23:26:36 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkfilechooser.c:798
msgid "Whether the hidden files and folders should be displayed"
msgstr "Indica se os ficheiros e cartafoles ocultos se deben mostrar"
2011-02-05 23:26:36 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkfilechooser.c:813
msgid "Do overwrite confirmation"
2009-11-13 10:27:54 +00:00
msgstr "Confirmar a sobrescritura"
2011-02-05 23:26:36 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkfilechooser.c:814
msgid ""
"Whether a file chooser in save mode will present an overwrite confirmation "
"dialog if necessary."
msgstr ""
"Indica se un selector de ficheiros en modo de gardado presentará un diálogo "
"de confirmación de sobrescritura se é necesario."
2011-02-05 23:26:36 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkfilechooser.c:830
2010-08-11 16:19:34 +00:00
msgid "Allow folder creation"
2009-08-19 11:39:19 +00:00
msgstr "Permitir a creación de cartafoles"
2009-08-10 15:19:30 +00:00
2011-02-05 23:26:36 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkfilechooser.c:831
2009-08-10 15:19:30 +00:00
msgid ""
"Whether a file chooser not in open mode will offer the user to create new "
"folders."
msgstr ""
2009-08-19 11:39:19 +00:00
"Indica se un selector de ficheiros sen estar en modo aberto lle ofrecerá ao "
"usuario crear cartafoles novos."
2009-08-10 15:19:30 +00:00
2011-06-21 11:58:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkfixed.c:152 ../gtk/gtklayout.c:634 ../gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:264
msgid "X position"
msgstr "Posición X"
2011-01-27 02:26:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkfixed.c:153 ../gtk/gtklayout.c:635
msgid "X position of child widget"
msgstr "Posición X do widget fillo"
2011-01-27 02:26:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkfixed.c:160 ../gtk/gtklayout.c:644
msgid "Y position"
msgstr "Posición Y"
2011-01-27 02:26:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkfixed.c:161 ../gtk/gtklayout.c:645
msgid "Y position of child widget"
msgstr "Posición Y do widget fillo"
2011-09-19 23:27:13 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkfontbutton.c:436
2011-08-16 11:31:28 +00:00
msgid "The title of the font chooser dialog"
msgstr "O título do diálogo de selección de tipos de letra."
2011-09-19 23:27:13 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkfontbutton.c:451 ../gtk/gtkfontsel.c:244
msgid "Font name"
msgstr "Nome do tipo de letra"
2011-09-19 23:27:13 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkfontbutton.c:452
msgid "The name of the selected font"
msgstr "O nome do tipo de letra seleccionado"
2011-09-19 23:27:13 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkfontbutton.c:453
msgid "Sans 12"
msgstr "Sans 12"
2011-09-19 23:27:13 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkfontbutton.c:468
msgid "Use font in label"
msgstr "Usar o tipo de letra na etiqueta"
2011-09-19 23:27:13 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkfontbutton.c:469
msgid "Whether the label is drawn in the selected font"
msgstr "Indica se a etiqueta se debuxa co tipo de letra seleccionado"
2011-09-19 23:27:13 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkfontbutton.c:484
msgid "Use size in label"
msgstr "Usar o tamaño na etiqueta"
2011-09-19 23:27:13 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkfontbutton.c:485
msgid "Whether the label is drawn with the selected font size"
msgstr "Indica se a etiqueta se debuxa co tamaño de tipo de letra seleccionado"
2011-09-19 23:27:13 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkfontbutton.c:501
msgid "Show style"
msgstr "Mostrar o estilo"
2011-09-19 23:27:13 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkfontbutton.c:502
msgid "Whether the selected font style is shown in the label"
msgstr "Indica se o estilo de tipo de letra seleccionado se mostra na etiqueta"
2011-09-19 23:27:13 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkfontbutton.c:517
msgid "Show size"
msgstr "Mostrar o tamaño"
2011-09-19 23:27:13 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkfontbutton.c:518
msgid "Whether selected font size is shown in the label"
msgstr "Indica se o tamaño de tipo de letra seleccionado se mostra na etiqueta"
2011-09-19 23:27:13 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkfontchooser.c:80
msgid "Font description"
msgstr "Descrición do tipo de letra"
2011-09-19 23:27:13 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkfontchooser.c:93 ../gtk/gtkfontsel.c:251
msgid "Preview text"
msgstr "Previsualizar o texto"
2011-09-19 23:27:13 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkfontchooser.c:94 ../gtk/gtkfontsel.c:252
msgid "The text to display in order to demonstrate the selected font"
msgstr ""
"O texto que mostrar como exemplo para indicar o tipo de letra seleccionado"
2011-09-19 23:27:13 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkfontchooser.c:106
2011-08-24 19:03:09 +00:00
msgid "Show preview text entry"
msgstr "Mostrar a vista previa da entrada de texto"
2011-09-19 23:27:13 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkfontchooser.c:107
2011-08-24 19:03:09 +00:00
msgid "Whether the preview text entry is shown or not"
msgstr "Indica se se mostra ou non a vista previa da entrada texto"
2011-09-19 23:27:13 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkfontsel.c:245
msgid "The string that represents this font"
msgstr "A cadea que representa este tipo de letra"
2011-07-10 22:12:43 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkframe.c:172
msgid "Text of the frame's label"
msgstr "Texto da etiqueta do marco"
2011-07-10 22:12:43 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkframe.c:179
msgid "Label xalign"
msgstr "Aliñamento x da etiqueta"
2011-07-10 22:12:43 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkframe.c:180
msgid "The horizontal alignment of the label"
msgstr "O aliñamento horizontal da etiqueta"
2011-07-10 22:12:43 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkframe.c:188
msgid "Label yalign"
msgstr "Aliñamento y da etiqueta"
2011-07-10 22:12:43 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkframe.c:189
msgid "The vertical alignment of the label"
msgstr "O aliñamento vertical da etiqueta"
2011-07-10 22:12:43 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkframe.c:197
msgid "Frame shadow"
msgstr "Sombra do marco"
2011-07-10 22:12:43 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkframe.c:198
msgid "Appearance of the frame border"
msgstr "Aparencia do bordo do marco"
2011-07-10 22:12:43 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkframe.c:207
msgid "A widget to display in place of the usual frame label"
msgstr "Un widget para mostrar en lugar da etiqueta de marco habitual"
#: ../gtk/gtkgrid.c:1350 ../gtk/gtktable.c:209
2011-01-06 23:11:51 +00:00
msgid "Row spacing"
msgstr "Espazamento de fila"
#: ../gtk/gtkgrid.c:1351 ../gtk/gtktable.c:210
2011-01-06 23:11:51 +00:00
msgid "The amount of space between two consecutive rows"
msgstr "A cantidade de espazo entre dúas filas consecutivas"
#: ../gtk/gtkgrid.c:1357 ../gtk/gtktable.c:218
2011-01-06 23:11:51 +00:00
msgid "Column spacing"
msgstr "Espazamento de columna"
#: ../gtk/gtkgrid.c:1358 ../gtk/gtktable.c:219
2011-01-06 23:11:51 +00:00
msgid "The amount of space between two consecutive columns"
msgstr "A cantidade de espazo entre dúas columnas consecutivas"
#: ../gtk/gtkgrid.c:1364
2011-01-06 23:11:51 +00:00
msgid "Row Homogeneous"
2011-01-09 15:42:40 +00:00
msgstr "Fila homoxénea"
2011-01-06 23:11:51 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkgrid.c:1365
2011-01-06 23:11:51 +00:00
msgid "If TRUE, the rows are all the same height"
2011-01-09 15:42:40 +00:00
msgstr "Se é TRUE, todas as filas teñen a mesma altura"
2011-01-06 23:11:51 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkgrid.c:1371
2011-01-06 23:11:51 +00:00
msgid "Column Homogeneous"
2011-01-09 15:42:40 +00:00
msgstr "Columnas homoxéneas"
2011-01-06 23:11:51 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkgrid.c:1372
2011-01-06 23:11:51 +00:00
msgid "If TRUE, the columns are all the same width"
2011-01-09 15:42:40 +00:00
msgstr "Se é TRUE, todas as columnas teñen a mesma largura"
2011-01-06 23:11:51 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkgrid.c:1378 ../gtk/gtktable.c:235
2011-01-06 23:11:51 +00:00
msgid "Left attachment"
msgstr "Anexo á esquerda"
#: ../gtk/gtkgrid.c:1379 ../gtk/gtkmenu.c:761 ../gtk/gtktable.c:236
2011-01-06 23:11:51 +00:00
msgid "The column number to attach the left side of the child to"
msgstr "A cantidade de columnas para anexar ao lado esquerdo do fillo"
#: ../gtk/gtkgrid.c:1385 ../gtk/gtktable.c:249
2011-01-06 23:11:51 +00:00
msgid "Top attachment"
msgstr "Anexo superior"
#: ../gtk/gtkgrid.c:1386
2011-01-06 23:11:51 +00:00
msgid "The row number to attach the top side of a child widget to"
2011-01-09 15:42:40 +00:00
msgstr "O número de filas para anexar na parte superior do widget fillo"
2011-01-06 23:11:51 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkgrid.c:1392 ../gtk/gtklayout.c:660 ../gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:274
2011-01-06 23:11:51 +00:00
msgid "Width"
msgstr "Largura"
#: ../gtk/gtkgrid.c:1393
2011-01-06 23:11:51 +00:00
msgid "The number of columns that a child spans"
msgstr "O número de columnas nas que se expande un fillo"
#: ../gtk/gtkgrid.c:1399 ../gtk/gtklayout.c:669
2011-01-06 23:11:51 +00:00
msgid "Height"
msgstr "Altura"
#: ../gtk/gtkgrid.c:1400
2011-01-06 23:11:51 +00:00
msgid "The number of rows that a child spans"
msgstr "O número de filas nas que un fillo se expande"
2011-04-30 21:52:35 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkhandlebox.c:219
msgid "Appearance of the shadow that surrounds the container"
msgstr "Aparencia da sombra que rodea o contedor"
2011-04-30 21:52:35 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkhandlebox.c:227
msgid "Handle position"
msgstr "Posición do manipulador"
2011-04-30 21:52:35 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkhandlebox.c:228
msgid "Position of the handle relative to the child widget"
msgstr "Posición do manipulador en relación ao widget fillo"
2011-04-30 21:52:35 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkhandlebox.c:236
msgid "Snap edge"
msgstr "Axustar ao bordo"
2011-04-30 21:52:35 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkhandlebox.c:237
msgid ""
"Side of the handlebox that's lined up with the docking point to dock the "
"handlebox"
msgstr ""
"Lado da caixa manipuladora que está aliñado co punto de ancoraxe, para "
"ancorar a caixa manipuladora"
2011-04-30 21:52:35 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkhandlebox.c:245
msgid "Snap edge set"
msgstr "Definición do axuste de bordo"
2011-04-30 21:52:35 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkhandlebox.c:246
msgid ""
"Whether to use the value from the snap_edge property or a value derived from "
"handle_position"
msgstr ""
"Indica se se usa o valor da propiedade snap_edge ou un valor derivado de "
"handle_position"
2011-04-30 21:52:35 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkhandlebox.c:253
msgid "Child Detached"
msgstr "Fillo separado"
2011-04-30 21:52:35 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkhandlebox.c:254
msgid ""
"A boolean value indicating whether the handlebox's child is attached or "
"detached."
msgstr ""
"Un valor booleano que indica se a caixa de manipulación do fillo está "
"separada ou anexada."
2011-09-19 23:27:13 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkiconview.c:529 ../gtk/gtktreeselection.c:131
msgid "Selection mode"
msgstr "Modo de selección"
2011-09-19 23:27:13 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkiconview.c:530
msgid "The selection mode"
msgstr "O modo de selección"
2011-09-19 23:27:13 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkiconview.c:548
msgid "Pixbuf column"
msgstr "Columna de pixbuf"
2011-09-19 23:27:13 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkiconview.c:549
msgid "Model column used to retrieve the icon pixbuf from"
msgstr "Columna modelo usada para recuperar o pixbuf da icona"
2011-09-19 23:27:13 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkiconview.c:567
msgid "Model column used to retrieve the text from"
msgstr "Columna modelo usada para recuperar o texto"
2011-09-19 23:27:13 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkiconview.c:586
msgid "Markup column"
msgstr "Columna de marcación"
2011-09-19 23:27:13 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkiconview.c:587
msgid "Model column used to retrieve the text if using Pango markup"
msgstr ""
"Columna modelo usada para recuperar o texto se se emprega a marcación Pango"
2011-09-19 23:27:13 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkiconview.c:594
msgid "Icon View Model"
msgstr "Modelo de visualización de icona"
2011-09-19 23:27:13 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkiconview.c:595
msgid "The model for the icon view"
msgstr "O modelo para a visualización de icona"
2011-09-19 23:27:13 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkiconview.c:611
msgid "Number of columns"
msgstr "Número de columnas"
2011-09-19 23:27:13 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkiconview.c:612
msgid "Number of columns to display"
msgstr "O número de columnas que se mostran"
2011-09-19 23:27:13 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkiconview.c:629
msgid "Width for each item"
msgstr "Largura de cada elemento"
2011-09-19 23:27:13 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkiconview.c:630
msgid "The width used for each item"
msgstr "A largura usada para cada elemento"
2011-09-19 23:27:13 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkiconview.c:646
msgid "Space which is inserted between cells of an item"
msgstr "Espazo que se introduce entre as celas dun elemento"
2011-09-19 23:27:13 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkiconview.c:661
msgid "Row Spacing"
msgstr "Espazamento de fila"
2011-09-19 23:27:13 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkiconview.c:662
msgid "Space which is inserted between grid rows"
2011-01-27 02:26:00 +00:00
msgstr "Espazo que se introduce entre as filas da grella"
2011-09-19 23:27:13 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkiconview.c:677
msgid "Column Spacing"
msgstr "Espazamento de columna"
2011-09-19 23:27:13 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkiconview.c:678
msgid "Space which is inserted between grid columns"
2011-01-27 02:26:00 +00:00
msgstr "Espazo que se introduce entre as columnas da grella"
2011-09-19 23:27:13 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkiconview.c:693
msgid "Margin"
msgstr "Marxe"
2011-09-19 23:27:13 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkiconview.c:694
msgid "Space which is inserted at the edges of the icon view"
msgstr "Espazo que se insire nos bordos da visualización de icona"
2011-09-19 23:27:13 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkiconview.c:709
2010-10-01 19:58:09 +00:00
msgid "Item Orientation"
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
msgstr "Orientación do elemento"
2010-10-01 19:58:09 +00:00
2011-09-19 23:27:13 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkiconview.c:710
msgid ""
"How the text and icon of each item are positioned relative to each other"
msgstr ""
"Como se sitúan o texto e a icona de cada elemento en relación un ao outro"
2011-09-19 23:27:13 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkiconview.c:726 ../gtk/gtktreeview.c:1021
2011-06-21 11:58:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:374
msgid "Reorderable"
msgstr "Reordenábel"
2011-09-19 23:27:13 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkiconview.c:727 ../gtk/gtktreeview.c:1022
msgid "View is reorderable"
msgstr "A visualización é reordenábel"
2011-09-19 23:27:13 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkiconview.c:734 ../gtk/gtktreeview.c:1172
msgid "Tooltip Column"
msgstr "Columna de indicación"
2011-09-19 23:27:13 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkiconview.c:735
msgid "The column in the model containing the tooltip texts for the items"
msgstr ""
"A columna do modelo que contén os textos de indicación para os elementos"
2011-09-19 23:27:13 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkiconview.c:752
2009-08-10 15:19:30 +00:00
msgid "Item Padding"
2009-11-13 10:27:54 +00:00
msgstr "Recheo de ítem"
2009-08-10 15:19:30 +00:00
2011-09-19 23:27:13 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkiconview.c:753
2009-08-10 15:19:30 +00:00
msgid "Padding around icon view items"
2009-08-19 11:39:19 +00:00
msgstr "Recheo arredor dos ítems de iconas"
2009-08-10 15:19:30 +00:00
2011-09-19 23:27:13 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkiconview.c:784
msgid "Selection Box Color"
msgstr "Cor da caixa de selección"
2011-09-19 23:27:13 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkiconview.c:785
msgid "Color of the selection box"
msgstr "Cor da caixa de selección"
2011-09-19 23:27:13 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkiconview.c:791
msgid "Selection Box Alpha"
msgstr "Alfa da caixa de selección"
2011-09-19 23:27:13 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkiconview.c:792
msgid "Opacity of the selection box"
msgstr "Opacidade da caixa de selección"
2011-07-10 22:12:43 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkimage.c:237 ../gtk/gtkstatusicon.c:235
msgid "Pixbuf"
msgstr "Pixbuf"
2011-07-10 22:12:43 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkimage.c:238 ../gtk/gtkstatusicon.c:236
msgid "A GdkPixbuf to display"
msgstr "Un GdkPixbuf para mostrar"
2011-07-10 22:12:43 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkimage.c:245 ../gtk/gtkrecentmanager.c:294
2011-04-30 21:52:35 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkstatusicon.c:243
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
msgid "Filename"
msgstr "Nome do ficheiro"
2011-07-10 22:12:43 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkimage.c:246 ../gtk/gtkstatusicon.c:244
msgid "Filename to load and display"
msgstr "Nome de ficheiro para cargar e mostrar"
2011-07-10 22:12:43 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkimage.c:255 ../gtk/gtkstatusicon.c:252
msgid "Stock ID for a stock image to display"
msgstr "ID de inventario para unha imaxe de inventario para mostrar"
2011-07-10 22:12:43 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkimage.c:262
msgid "Icon set"
msgstr "Definición da icona"
2011-07-10 22:12:43 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkimage.c:263
msgid "Icon set to display"
msgstr "Definición da icona para mostrar"
#: ../gtk/gtkimage.c:270 ../gtk/gtkscalebutton.c:228 ../gtk/gtktoolbar.c:531
2011-07-10 22:12:43 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktoolpalette.c:1008
msgid "Icon size"
msgstr "Tamaño da icona"
2011-07-10 22:12:43 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkimage.c:271
msgid "Symbolic size to use for stock icon, icon set or named icon"
msgstr ""
"Tamaño simbólico que usar para a icona de inventario, conxunto de iconas ou "
"icona con nome"
2011-07-10 22:12:43 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkimage.c:287
msgid "Pixel size"
msgstr "Tamaño do píxel"
2011-07-10 22:12:43 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkimage.c:288
msgid "Pixel size to use for named icon"
msgstr "Tamaño do píxel que usar para a icona con nome"
2011-07-10 22:12:43 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkimage.c:296
msgid "Animation"
msgstr "Animación"
2011-07-10 22:12:43 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkimage.c:297
msgid "GdkPixbufAnimation to display"
msgstr "GdkPixbufAnimation para mostrar"
2011-07-10 22:12:43 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkimage.c:337 ../gtk/gtkstatusicon.c:283
msgid "Storage type"
msgstr "Tipo de almacenamento"
2011-07-10 22:12:43 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkimage.c:338 ../gtk/gtkstatusicon.c:284
msgid "The representation being used for image data"
msgstr "A representación empregada para as informacións de imaxe"
2011-07-10 22:12:43 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkimage.c:356
2011-01-27 02:26:00 +00:00
msgid "Use Fallback"
msgstr "Usar alfa"
2011-07-10 22:12:43 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkimage.c:357
2011-01-27 02:26:00 +00:00
msgid "Whether to use icon names fallback"
msgstr "Indica se a icona de estado pestanexa ou non"
2011-04-30 21:52:35 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkimagemenuitem.c:161
msgid "Child widget to appear next to the menu text"
msgstr "Widget fillo que aparecerá ao lado do texto de menú"
2011-04-30 21:52:35 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkimagemenuitem.c:176
msgid "Whether to use the label text to create a stock menu item"
msgstr ""
"Indica se hai que usar a etiqueta de texto para crear un elemento de menú de "
"inventario"
2011-07-10 22:12:43 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkimagemenuitem.c:209 ../gtk/gtkmenu.c:603
msgid "Accel Group"
msgstr "Grupo de teclas rápidas"
2011-04-30 21:52:35 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkimagemenuitem.c:210
msgid "The Accel Group to use for stock accelerator keys"
msgstr "O grupo de teclas rápidas para usar nas teclas rápidas de inventario"
#: ../gtk/gtkinfobar.c:372 ../gtk/gtkmessagedialog.c:203
2009-07-18 03:08:51 +00:00
msgid "Message Type"
msgstr "Tipo de mensaxe"
#: ../gtk/gtkinfobar.c:373 ../gtk/gtkmessagedialog.c:204
2009-07-18 03:08:51 +00:00
msgid "The type of message"
msgstr "O tipo de mensaxe"
2011-06-21 11:58:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkinfobar.c:428
2009-07-18 03:08:51 +00:00
msgid "Width of border around the content area"
2009-08-19 11:39:19 +00:00
msgstr "Largura do bordo ao redor da área de contido"
2009-07-18 03:08:51 +00:00
2011-06-21 11:58:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkinfobar.c:445
2009-07-18 03:08:51 +00:00
msgid "Spacing between elements of the area"
2009-08-19 11:39:19 +00:00
msgstr "O espazamento entre os elementos da área de acción"
2009-07-18 03:08:51 +00:00
2011-06-21 11:58:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkinfobar.c:477
2009-07-18 03:08:51 +00:00
msgid "Width of border around the action area"
2009-08-19 11:39:19 +00:00
msgstr "Largura do bordo arredor da área de acción"
2009-07-18 03:08:51 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkinvisible.c:103 ../gtk/gtkmountoperation.c:172
2011-08-16 11:31:28 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkstatusicon.c:302 ../gtk/gtkstylecontext.c:432
#: ../gtk/gtkwindow.c:765
2010-08-17 16:35:35 +00:00
msgid "Screen"
msgstr "Pantalla"
2011-08-16 11:31:28 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkinvisible.c:104 ../gtk/gtkwindow.c:766
msgid "The screen where this window will be displayed"
msgstr "A pantalla onde se mostrará esta xanela"
2011-08-24 19:03:09 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtklabel.c:730
msgid "The text of the label"
msgstr "O texto da etiqueta"
2011-08-24 19:03:09 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtklabel.c:737
msgid "A list of style attributes to apply to the text of the label"
msgstr "Unha lista de atributos de estilos para aplicar ao texto da etiqueta"
2011-08-24 19:03:09 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtklabel.c:758 ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:386 ../gtk/gtktextview.c:703
msgid "Justification"
msgstr "Xustificación"
2011-08-24 19:03:09 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtklabel.c:759
msgid ""
"The alignment of the lines in the text of the label relative to each other. "
"This does NOT affect the alignment of the label within its allocation. See "
"GtkMisc::xalign for that"
msgstr ""
"O aliñamento das liñas no texto da etiqueta en relación a cada unha. Isto "
"NON afecta ao aliñamento da etiqueta dentro da súa asignación Ver GtkMisc::"
"xalign para iso"
2011-08-24 19:03:09 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtklabel.c:767
msgid "Pattern"
msgstr "Patrón"
2011-08-24 19:03:09 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtklabel.c:768
msgid ""
"A string with _ characters in positions correspond to characters in the text "
"to underline"
msgstr ""
"Unha cadea con caracteres _ en posicións correspondentes a caracteres no "
"texto para subliñar"
2011-08-24 19:03:09 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtklabel.c:775
msgid "Line wrap"
msgstr "Axuste de liña"
2011-08-24 19:03:09 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtklabel.c:776
msgid "If set, wrap lines if the text becomes too wide"
msgstr "Se se define, axusta a liña se o texto se volve demasiado largo"
2011-08-24 19:03:09 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtklabel.c:791
msgid "Line wrap mode"
msgstr "Modo de axuste de liña"
2011-08-24 19:03:09 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtklabel.c:792
msgid "If wrap is set, controls how linewrapping is done"
msgstr "Se se estabelece o axuste, controla como se fai o axuste de liña"
2011-08-24 19:03:09 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtklabel.c:799
msgid "Selectable"
msgstr "Seleccionábel"
2011-08-24 19:03:09 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtklabel.c:800
msgid "Whether the label text can be selected with the mouse"
msgstr "Indica se o texto da etiqueta pode ser seleccionado co rato"
2011-08-24 19:03:09 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtklabel.c:806
msgid "Mnemonic key"
msgstr "Tecla mnemónica"
2011-08-24 19:03:09 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtklabel.c:807
msgid "The mnemonic accelerator key for this label"
msgstr "A tecla rápida mnemónica para esta etiqueta"
2011-08-24 19:03:09 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtklabel.c:815
msgid "Mnemonic widget"
msgstr "Widget mnemónico"
2011-08-24 19:03:09 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtklabel.c:816
msgid "The widget to be activated when the label's mnemonic key is pressed"
msgstr "O widget que se activará cando se prema a tecla mnemónica da etiqueta"
2011-08-24 19:03:09 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtklabel.c:862
msgid ""
"The preferred place to ellipsize the string, if the label does not have "
"enough room to display the entire string"
msgstr ""
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
"O lugar preferido para a elipse da cadea, se a etiqueta non ten suficiente "
"espazo para mostrar a cadea completa"
2011-08-24 19:03:09 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtklabel.c:903
msgid "Single Line Mode"
msgstr "Modo de liña única"
2011-08-24 19:03:09 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtklabel.c:904
msgid "Whether the label is in single line mode"
msgstr "Indica se a etiqueta está no modo de liña única"
2011-08-24 19:03:09 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtklabel.c:921
msgid "Angle"
msgstr "Ángulo"
2011-08-24 19:03:09 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtklabel.c:922
msgid "Angle at which the label is rotated"
msgstr "Ángulo sobre o que se rota a etiqueta"
2011-08-24 19:03:09 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtklabel.c:944
msgid "The desired maximum width of the label, in characters"
msgstr "A largura máxima desexada da etiqueta, en caracteres"
2011-08-24 19:03:09 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtklabel.c:962
2009-07-10 23:02:32 +00:00
msgid "Track visited links"
2009-08-19 11:39:19 +00:00
msgstr "Rexistrar as ligazóns visitadas"
2009-07-10 23:02:32 +00:00
2011-08-24 19:03:09 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtklabel.c:963
2009-07-10 23:02:32 +00:00
msgid "Whether visited links should be tracked"
2009-08-19 11:39:19 +00:00
msgstr "Indica se as ligazóns visitadas deberían ser rexistradas"
2009-07-10 23:02:32 +00:00
2011-01-27 02:26:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtklayout.c:661
msgid "The width of the layout"
msgstr "A largura da disposición"
2011-01-27 02:26:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtklayout.c:670
msgid "The height of the layout"
msgstr "A altura da disposición"
2011-09-19 23:27:13 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtklinkbutton.c:175
msgid "URI"
msgstr "URI"
2011-09-19 23:27:13 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtklinkbutton.c:176
msgid "The URI bound to this button"
msgstr "O URI vinculado a este botón"
2011-09-19 23:27:13 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtklinkbutton.c:190
msgid "Visited"
msgstr "Visitada"
2011-09-19 23:27:13 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtklinkbutton.c:191
msgid "Whether this link has been visited."
msgstr "Indica se esta ligazón foi visitada."
2011-06-21 11:58:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtklockbutton.c:278
2011-05-09 11:08:53 +00:00
msgid "Permission"
msgstr "Permiso"
2011-06-21 11:58:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtklockbutton.c:279
2011-05-09 11:08:53 +00:00
msgid "The GPermission object controlling this button"
msgstr "O obxecto GPermission que controla este botón"
2011-06-21 11:58:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtklockbutton.c:286
2011-05-09 11:08:53 +00:00
msgid "Lock Text"
msgstr "Texto de bloqueo"
2011-06-21 11:58:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtklockbutton.c:287
2011-05-09 11:08:53 +00:00
msgid "The text to display when prompting the user to lock"
msgstr "O texto que mostrar ao preguntarlle ao usuario para bloquear"
2011-06-21 11:58:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtklockbutton.c:295
2011-05-09 11:08:53 +00:00
msgid "Unlock Text"
msgstr "Texto de desbloqueo"
2011-06-21 11:58:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtklockbutton.c:296
2011-05-09 11:08:53 +00:00
msgid "The text to display when prompting the user to unlock"
msgstr "O texto que mostrar ao preguntar ao usuario para desbloquear"
2011-06-21 11:58:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtklockbutton.c:304
2011-05-09 11:08:53 +00:00
msgid "Lock Tooltip"
msgstr "Suxestión de bloqueo"
2011-06-21 11:58:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtklockbutton.c:305
2011-05-09 11:08:53 +00:00
msgid "The tooltip to display when prompting the user to lock"
msgstr "A suxestión que mostrar ao preguntar ao usuario para bloquear"
2011-06-21 11:58:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtklockbutton.c:313
2011-05-09 11:08:53 +00:00
msgid "Unlock Tooltip"
msgstr "Suxestión de bloqueo"
2011-06-21 11:58:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtklockbutton.c:314
2011-05-09 11:08:53 +00:00
msgid "The tooltip to display when prompting the user to unlock"
msgstr "A suxestión que mostrar ao preguntar ao usuario que desbloquear"
2011-06-21 11:58:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtklockbutton.c:322
2011-05-09 11:08:53 +00:00
msgid "Not Authorized Tooltip"
msgstr "Suxestión de non autorizado"
2011-06-21 11:58:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtklockbutton.c:323
2011-05-09 11:08:53 +00:00
msgid ""
"The tooltip to display when prompting the user cannot obtain authorization"
msgstr ""
"A suxestión que mostrar ao mostrar ao usuario que non foi posíbel obter unha "
"autorización"
2011-08-16 11:31:28 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkmenubar.c:192
2010-08-27 21:25:56 +00:00
msgid "Pack direction"
msgstr "Dirección do empaquetado"
2011-08-16 11:31:28 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkmenubar.c:193
2010-08-27 21:25:56 +00:00
msgid "The pack direction of the menubar"
msgstr "A dirección do empaquetado da barra de menú"
2011-08-16 11:31:28 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkmenubar.c:209
2010-08-27 21:25:56 +00:00
msgid "Child Pack direction"
msgstr "Dirección do empaquetado fillo"
2011-08-16 11:31:28 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkmenubar.c:210
2010-08-27 21:25:56 +00:00
msgid "The child pack direction of the menubar"
msgstr "A dirección do empaquetado fillo da barra de menú"
2011-08-16 11:31:28 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkmenubar.c:219
2010-08-27 21:25:56 +00:00
msgid "Style of bevel around the menubar"
msgstr "Estilo do bisel ao redor da barra de menús"
#: ../gtk/gtkmenubar.c:226 ../gtk/gtktoolbar.c:581
2010-08-27 21:25:56 +00:00
msgid "Internal padding"
msgstr "Recheo interno"
2011-08-16 11:31:28 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkmenubar.c:227
2010-08-27 21:25:56 +00:00
msgid "Amount of border space between the menubar shadow and the menu items"
msgstr ""
"Cantidade de espazo do bordo entre a sombra da barra de menús e os elementos "
"de menú"
2011-07-10 22:12:43 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkmenu.c:589
msgid "The currently selected menu item"
msgstr "O elemento de menú actualmente seleccionado"
2011-07-10 22:12:43 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkmenu.c:604
msgid "The accel group holding accelerators for the menu"
msgstr "O grupo de teclas rápidas que contén as teclas rápidas para o menú"
2011-08-16 11:31:28 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkmenu.c:618 ../gtk/gtkmenuitem.c:368
msgid "Accel Path"
2011-01-27 02:26:00 +00:00
msgstr "Ruta de teclas rápidas"
2011-07-10 22:12:43 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkmenu.c:619
msgid "An accel path used to conveniently construct accel paths of child items"
msgstr ""
2011-01-27 02:26:00 +00:00
"Unha ruta de teclas rápidas usado para construír adecuadamente os camiños de "
"teclas rápidas dos elementos fillo"
2011-07-10 22:12:43 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkmenu.c:635
msgid "Attach Widget"
msgstr "Widget anexado"
2011-07-10 22:12:43 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkmenu.c:636
msgid "The widget the menu is attached to"
msgstr "O widget ao que está anexado o menú"
2011-07-10 22:12:43 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkmenu.c:644
msgid ""
"A title that may be displayed by the window manager when this menu is torn-"
"off"
msgstr ""
"Un título que o xestor de xanelas poderá mostrar cando este menú estea "
"desprazado"
2011-07-10 22:12:43 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkmenu.c:658
msgid "Tearoff State"
msgstr "Estado de desprazamento"
2011-07-10 22:12:43 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkmenu.c:659
msgid "A boolean that indicates whether the menu is torn-off"
msgstr "Un booleano que indica se o menú está desprazado"
2011-07-10 22:12:43 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkmenu.c:673
msgid "Monitor"
msgstr "Monitor"
2011-07-10 22:12:43 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkmenu.c:674
msgid "The monitor the menu will be popped up on"
msgstr "O monitor en que emerxerá o menú"
2011-07-10 22:12:43 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkmenu.c:680
msgid "Vertical Padding"
msgstr "Recheo vertical"
2011-07-10 22:12:43 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkmenu.c:681
msgid "Extra space at the top and bottom of the menu"
msgstr "O espazo adicional na parte superior e inferior do menú"
2011-07-10 22:12:43 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkmenu.c:703
2009-07-07 05:05:29 +00:00
msgid "Reserve Toggle Size"
2009-08-19 11:39:19 +00:00
msgstr "Reservar o tamaño de alternancia"
2009-07-07 05:05:29 +00:00
2011-07-10 22:12:43 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkmenu.c:704
2009-07-07 05:05:29 +00:00
msgid ""
"A boolean that indicates whether the menu reserves space for toggles and "
"icons"
2009-08-19 11:39:19 +00:00
msgstr ""
2009-11-13 10:27:54 +00:00
"Un booleano que indica se o menú reserva espazo para alternancias e iconas"
2009-07-07 05:05:29 +00:00
2011-07-10 22:12:43 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkmenu.c:710
msgid "Horizontal Padding"
msgstr "Recheo horizontal"
2011-07-10 22:12:43 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkmenu.c:711
msgid "Extra space at the left and right edges of the menu"
msgstr "O espazo adicional nos bordos dereito e esquerdo do menú"
2011-07-10 22:12:43 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkmenu.c:719
msgid "Vertical Offset"
msgstr "Desprazamento vertical"
2011-07-10 22:12:43 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkmenu.c:720
msgid ""
"When the menu is a submenu, position it this number of pixels offset "
"vertically"
msgstr ""
"Cando o menú é un submenú, colóqueo verticalmente con este número de píxeles "
"de desprazamento"
2011-07-10 22:12:43 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkmenu.c:728
msgid "Horizontal Offset"
msgstr "Desprazamento horizontal"
2011-07-10 22:12:43 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkmenu.c:729
msgid ""
"When the menu is a submenu, position it this number of pixels offset "
"horizontally"
msgstr ""
"Cando o menú é un submenú, colóqueo horizontalmente con este número de "
"píxeles de desprazamento"
2011-07-10 22:12:43 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkmenu.c:737
msgid "Double Arrows"
2010-03-04 23:25:31 +00:00
msgstr "Frechas dobres"
2011-07-10 22:12:43 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkmenu.c:738
msgid "When scrolling, always show both arrows."
msgstr "Mostrar sempre ambas as frechas ao desprazar."
2011-07-10 22:12:43 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkmenu.c:751
msgid "Arrow Placement"
msgstr "Colocación da frecha"
2011-07-10 22:12:43 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkmenu.c:752
msgid "Indicates where scroll arrows should be placed"
msgstr "Indica onde se deberían colocar as frechas de desprazamento"
2011-07-10 22:12:43 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkmenu.c:760
msgid "Left Attach"
msgstr "Anexar á esquerda"
2011-07-10 22:12:43 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkmenu.c:768
msgid "Right Attach"
msgstr "Anexar á dereita"
2011-07-10 22:12:43 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkmenu.c:769
msgid "The column number to attach the right side of the child to"
msgstr "A cantidade de columnas para anexar ao lado dereito do fillo"
2011-07-10 22:12:43 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkmenu.c:776
msgid "Top Attach"
msgstr "Anexar arriba"
2011-07-10 22:12:43 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkmenu.c:777
msgid "The row number to attach the top of the child to"
msgstr "O número de filas para anexar encima do fillo"
2011-07-10 22:12:43 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkmenu.c:784
msgid "Bottom Attach"
msgstr "Anexar abaixo"
2011-07-10 22:12:43 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkmenu.c:785 ../gtk/gtktable.c:257
msgid "The row number to attach the bottom of the child to"
msgstr "O número de filas para anexar debaixo do fillo"
2011-07-10 22:12:43 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkmenu.c:799
msgid "Arbitrary constant to scale down the size of the scroll arrow"
msgstr ""
"Unha constante arbitraria para escalar para abaixo o tamaño da frecha de "
"desprazamento"
2011-08-16 11:31:28 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkmenuitem.c:336
msgid "Right Justified"
msgstr "Xustificado á dereita"
2011-08-16 11:31:28 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkmenuitem.c:337
msgid ""
"Sets whether the menu item appears justified at the right side of a menu bar"
msgstr ""
"Define se o elemento de menú aparece xustificado ao lado dereito dunha barra "
"de menú"
2011-08-16 11:31:28 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkmenuitem.c:351
msgid "Submenu"
msgstr "Submenú"
2011-08-16 11:31:28 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkmenuitem.c:352
msgid "The submenu attached to the menu item, or NULL if it has none"
msgstr "O submenú anexado ao elemento do menú, ou NULL se non ten ningún"
2011-08-16 11:31:28 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkmenuitem.c:369
msgid "Sets the accelerator path of the menu item"
msgstr "Define o camiño de teclas rápidas dun elemento de menú"
2011-08-16 11:31:28 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkmenuitem.c:384
msgid "The text for the child label"
msgstr "O texto da etiqueta filla"
2011-08-16 11:31:28 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkmenuitem.c:447
msgid "Amount of space used up by arrow, relative to the menu item's font size"
msgstr ""
"A cantidade de espazo usado pola frecha, relativa ao tamaño do tipo de letra "
"do elemento de menú"
2011-08-16 11:31:28 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkmenuitem.c:460
msgid "Width in Characters"
msgstr "Largura en caracteres"
2011-08-16 11:31:28 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkmenuitem.c:461
msgid "The minimum desired width of the menu item in characters"
msgstr "A largura mínima desexada do elemento de menú en caracteres"
#: ../gtk/gtkmenushell.c:447
msgid "Take Focus"
msgstr "Obtén o foco"
#: ../gtk/gtkmenushell.c:448
msgid "A boolean that determines whether the menu grabs the keyboard focus"
msgstr "Un booleano que determina se o menú captura o foco do teclado"
#: ../gtk/gtkmenutoolbutton.c:292
msgid "Menu"
msgstr "Menú"
#: ../gtk/gtkmenutoolbutton.c:293
msgid "The dropdown menu"
msgstr "O menú despregábel"
#: ../gtk/gtkmessagedialog.c:186
msgid "Image/label border"
msgstr "Bordo da imaxe ou etiqueta"
#: ../gtk/gtkmessagedialog.c:187
msgid "Width of border around the label and image in the message dialog"
msgstr "Largura do bordo ao redor da etiqueta e a imaxe no diálogo de mensaxes"
#: ../gtk/gtkmessagedialog.c:211
msgid "Message Buttons"
msgstr "Botóns de mensaxe"
#: ../gtk/gtkmessagedialog.c:212
msgid "The buttons shown in the message dialog"
msgstr "Os botóns mostrados no diálogo de mensaxe"
#: ../gtk/gtkmessagedialog.c:229
msgid "The primary text of the message dialog"
msgstr "O texto primario do diálogo de mensaxe"
#: ../gtk/gtkmessagedialog.c:244
msgid "Use Markup"
msgstr "Usar marcación"
#: ../gtk/gtkmessagedialog.c:245
msgid "The primary text of the title includes Pango markup."
msgstr "O texto primario do título inclúe a marcación Pango."
#: ../gtk/gtkmessagedialog.c:259
msgid "Secondary Text"
msgstr "Texto secundario"
#: ../gtk/gtkmessagedialog.c:260
msgid "The secondary text of the message dialog"
msgstr "O texto secundario do diálogo de mensaxe"
#: ../gtk/gtkmessagedialog.c:275
msgid "Use Markup in secondary"
msgstr "Usar marcación no secundario"
#: ../gtk/gtkmessagedialog.c:276
msgid "The secondary text includes Pango markup."
msgstr "O texto secundario inclúe a marcación Pango."
#: ../gtk/gtkmessagedialog.c:290
2010-08-17 16:35:35 +00:00
msgid "Image"
msgstr "Imaxe"
#: ../gtk/gtkmessagedialog.c:291
msgid "The image"
msgstr "A imaxe"
#: ../gtk/gtkmessagedialog.c:307
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
msgid "Message area"
msgstr "Área do mensaxes"
#: ../gtk/gtkmessagedialog.c:308
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
msgid "GtkVBox that holds the dialog's primary and secondary labels"
msgstr "GtkVBox que contén as etiquetas primaria e secundaria do diálogo"
2011-04-30 21:52:35 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkmisc.c:115
msgid "Y align"
msgstr "Aliñamento Y"
2011-04-30 21:52:35 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkmisc.c:116
msgid "The vertical alignment, from 0 (top) to 1 (bottom)"
msgstr "O aliñamento vertical, desde 0 (superior) até 1 (inferior)"
2011-04-30 21:52:35 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkmisc.c:125
msgid "X pad"
msgstr "Recheo X"
2011-04-30 21:52:35 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkmisc.c:126
msgid ""
"The amount of space to add on the left and right of the widget, in pixels"
msgstr ""
"A cantidade de espazos, en píxeles, para engadir á esquerda e dereita do "
"widget"
2011-04-30 21:52:35 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkmisc.c:135
msgid "Y pad"
msgstr "Recheo Y"
2011-04-30 21:52:35 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkmisc.c:136
msgid ""
"The amount of space to add on the top and bottom of the widget, in pixels"
msgstr ""
"A cantidade de espazos, en píxeles, para engadir na parte superior e "
"inferior do widget"
#: ../gtk/gtkmountoperation.c:156
msgid "Parent"
msgstr "Pai"
#: ../gtk/gtkmountoperation.c:157
msgid "The parent window"
msgstr "A xanela pai"
#: ../gtk/gtkmountoperation.c:164
msgid "Is Showing"
msgstr "Estase mostrando"
#: ../gtk/gtkmountoperation.c:165
msgid "Are we showing a dialog"
msgstr "Se estamos mostrando un diálogo"
#: ../gtk/gtkmountoperation.c:173
msgid "The screen where this window will be displayed."
msgstr "A pantalla onde esta xanela se mostrará."
2011-08-16 11:31:28 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtknotebook.c:694
msgid "Page"
msgstr "Páxina"
2011-08-16 11:31:28 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtknotebook.c:695
msgid "The index of the current page"
msgstr "O índice da páxina actual"
2011-08-16 11:31:28 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtknotebook.c:703
msgid "Tab Position"
2011-01-27 02:26:00 +00:00
msgstr "Posición da lapela"
2011-08-16 11:31:28 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtknotebook.c:704
msgid "Which side of the notebook holds the tabs"
2011-01-27 02:26:00 +00:00
msgstr "Que lado do caderno contén as lapelas"
2011-08-16 11:31:28 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtknotebook.c:711
msgid "Show Tabs"
2011-01-27 02:26:00 +00:00
msgstr "Mostrar lapelas"
2011-08-16 11:31:28 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtknotebook.c:712
2010-08-11 16:19:34 +00:00
msgid "Whether tabs should be shown"
2011-01-27 02:26:00 +00:00
msgstr "Indica se deben mostrarse ou non as lapelas"
2011-08-16 11:31:28 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtknotebook.c:718
msgid "Show Border"
msgstr "Mostrar bordo"
2011-08-16 11:31:28 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtknotebook.c:719
2010-08-11 16:19:34 +00:00
msgid "Whether the border should be shown"
msgstr "Indica se o bordo debe mostrarse ou non"
2011-08-16 11:31:28 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtknotebook.c:725
msgid "Scrollable"
msgstr "Desprazábel"
2011-08-16 11:31:28 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtknotebook.c:726
msgid "If TRUE, scroll arrows are added if there are too many tabs to fit"
msgstr ""
2011-01-27 02:26:00 +00:00
"Se é TRUE, engádense frechas de desprazamento se hai demasiadas lapela para "
"encaixar"
2011-08-16 11:31:28 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtknotebook.c:732
msgid "Enable Popup"
msgstr "Activar o menú emerxente"
2011-08-16 11:31:28 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtknotebook.c:733
msgid ""
"If TRUE, pressing the right mouse button on the notebook pops up a menu that "
"you can use to go to a page"
msgstr ""
"Se é TRUE, premendo o botón dereito do rato no caderno emerxe un menú que "
"pode usar para ir a unha páxina"
2011-08-16 11:31:28 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtknotebook.c:747
2010-10-01 19:58:09 +00:00
msgid "Group Name"
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
msgstr "Nome do grupo"
2011-08-16 11:31:28 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtknotebook.c:748
2010-10-01 19:58:09 +00:00
msgid "Group name for tab drag and drop"
2011-01-27 02:26:00 +00:00
msgstr "Nome do grupo para o arrastre e solte das lapelas"
2011-08-16 11:31:28 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtknotebook.c:755
msgid "Tab label"
2011-01-27 02:26:00 +00:00
msgstr "Etiqueta da lapela"
2011-08-16 11:31:28 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtknotebook.c:756
msgid "The string displayed on the child's tab label"
2011-01-27 02:26:00 +00:00
msgstr "A cadea mostrada na etiqueta da lapela filla"
2011-08-16 11:31:28 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtknotebook.c:762
msgid "Menu label"
msgstr "Etiqueta de menú"
2011-08-16 11:31:28 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtknotebook.c:763
msgid "The string displayed in the child's menu entry"
msgstr "A cadea mostrada na entrada de menú filla"
2011-08-16 11:31:28 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtknotebook.c:776
msgid "Tab expand"
2011-01-27 02:26:00 +00:00
msgstr "Expansión da lapela"
2011-08-16 11:31:28 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtknotebook.c:777
2010-08-11 16:19:34 +00:00
msgid "Whether to expand the child's tab"
2011-01-27 02:26:00 +00:00
msgstr "Indica se se expanden as lapelas fillas ou non"
2011-08-16 11:31:28 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtknotebook.c:783
msgid "Tab fill"
2011-01-27 02:26:00 +00:00
msgstr "Recheo da lapela"
2011-08-16 11:31:28 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtknotebook.c:784
2010-08-11 16:19:34 +00:00
msgid "Whether the child's tab should fill the allocated area"
2011-01-27 02:26:00 +00:00
msgstr "Indica se as lapelas fillas deberían encher a área asignada ou non"
2011-08-16 11:31:28 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtknotebook.c:791
msgid "Tab reorderable"
2011-01-27 02:26:00 +00:00
msgstr "Lapela reordenábel"
2011-08-16 11:31:28 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtknotebook.c:792
2010-08-11 16:19:34 +00:00
msgid "Whether the tab is reorderable by user action"
2011-01-27 02:26:00 +00:00
msgstr "Indica se a lapela pode reordenarse por unha acción do usuario"
2011-08-16 11:31:28 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtknotebook.c:798
msgid "Tab detachable"
2011-01-27 02:26:00 +00:00
msgstr "Lapela desprazábel"
2011-08-16 11:31:28 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtknotebook.c:799
msgid "Whether the tab is detachable"
2011-01-27 02:26:00 +00:00
msgstr "Indica se a lapela é desprazábel"
2011-08-16 11:31:28 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtknotebook.c:814 ../gtk/gtkscrollbar.c:102
msgid "Secondary backward stepper"
msgstr "Paso de retroceso secundario"
2011-08-16 11:31:28 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtknotebook.c:815
msgid ""
"Display a second backward arrow button on the opposite end of the tab area"
msgstr ""
"Mostra un segundo botón de frecha de retroceso no extremo oposto da área de "
"tabulación"
2011-08-16 11:31:28 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtknotebook.c:830 ../gtk/gtkscrollbar.c:109
msgid "Secondary forward stepper"
msgstr "Paso de avance secundario"
2011-08-16 11:31:28 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtknotebook.c:831
msgid ""
"Display a second forward arrow button on the opposite end of the tab area"
msgstr ""
"Mostra un segundo botón de frecha de avance no extremo oposto da área de "
"tabulación"
2011-08-16 11:31:28 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtknotebook.c:845 ../gtk/gtkscrollbar.c:88
msgid "Backward stepper"
msgstr "Paso de retroceso"
2011-08-16 11:31:28 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtknotebook.c:846 ../gtk/gtkscrollbar.c:89
msgid "Display the standard backward arrow button"
msgstr "Mostrar o botón estándar de frecha de retroceso"
2011-08-16 11:31:28 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtknotebook.c:860 ../gtk/gtkscrollbar.c:95
msgid "Forward stepper"
msgstr "Paso de avance"
2011-08-16 11:31:28 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtknotebook.c:861 ../gtk/gtkscrollbar.c:96
msgid "Display the standard forward arrow button"
msgstr "Mostrar o botón estándar de frecha de avance"
2011-08-16 11:31:28 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtknotebook.c:875
msgid "Tab overlap"
2011-01-27 02:26:00 +00:00
msgstr "Superposición de lapela"
2011-08-16 11:31:28 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtknotebook.c:876
msgid "Size of tab overlap area"
2011-01-27 02:26:00 +00:00
msgstr "Tamaño da área de superposición da lapela"
2011-08-16 11:31:28 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtknotebook.c:891
msgid "Tab curvature"
2011-01-27 02:26:00 +00:00
msgstr "Curvatura da lapela"
2011-08-16 11:31:28 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtknotebook.c:892
msgid "Size of tab curvature"
2011-01-27 02:26:00 +00:00
msgstr "Tamaño da curvatura da lapela"
2011-08-16 11:31:28 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtknotebook.c:908
msgid "Arrow spacing"
msgstr "Espazamento de frechas"
2011-08-16 11:31:28 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtknotebook.c:909
msgid "Scroll arrow spacing"
msgstr "Espazamento das frechas de desprazamento"
2011-08-16 11:31:28 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtknotebook.c:925
2011-03-15 14:53:00 +00:00
msgid "Initial gap"
msgstr "Espazo inicial"
2011-08-16 11:31:28 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtknotebook.c:926
2011-03-15 14:53:00 +00:00
msgid "Initial gap before the first tab"
msgstr "Espazo inicia antes da primeira lapela"
2011-04-30 21:52:35 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtknumerableicon.c:653
2011-01-14 15:49:43 +00:00
msgid "Icon's count"
msgstr "Contía de iconas"
2011-04-30 21:52:35 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtknumerableicon.c:654
2011-01-14 15:49:43 +00:00
msgid "The count of the emblem currently displayed"
msgstr "A contía dos emblemas mostrados actualmente"
2011-04-30 21:52:35 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtknumerableicon.c:660
2011-01-14 15:49:43 +00:00
msgid "Icon's label"
msgstr "Etiqueta da icona"
2011-04-30 21:52:35 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtknumerableicon.c:661
2011-01-14 15:49:43 +00:00
msgid "The label to be displayed over the icon"
msgstr "A etiqueta a mostrar sobre a icona"
2011-04-30 21:52:35 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtknumerableicon.c:667
2011-01-14 15:49:43 +00:00
msgid "Icon's style context"
msgstr "Contexto de estilo da icona"
2011-04-30 21:52:35 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtknumerableicon.c:668
2011-01-14 15:49:43 +00:00
msgid "The style context to theme the icon appearance"
msgstr "O contexto de estilo para aplicar á aparencia da icona"
2011-04-30 21:52:35 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtknumerableicon.c:674
2011-01-14 15:49:43 +00:00
msgid "Background icon"
msgstr "Icona de fondo"
2011-04-30 21:52:35 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtknumerableicon.c:675
2011-01-14 15:49:43 +00:00
msgid "The icon for the number emblem background"
msgstr "A icona para o fondo do número de emblema"
2011-04-30 21:52:35 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtknumerableicon.c:681
2011-01-14 15:49:43 +00:00
msgid "Background icon name"
msgstr "Nome da icona de fondo"
2011-04-30 21:52:35 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtknumerableicon.c:682
2011-01-14 15:49:43 +00:00
msgid "The icon name for the number emblem background"
msgstr "O nome da icona para o fondo do número de emblema"
2011-04-30 21:52:35 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkorientable.c:63 ../gtk/gtkstatusicon.c:342
#: ../gtk/gtktrayicon-x11.c:128
2010-10-01 19:58:09 +00:00
msgid "Orientation"
msgstr "Orientación"
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkorientable.c:64
msgid "The orientation of the orientable"
msgstr "A orientación do orientábel"
2011-06-21 11:58:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkpaned.c:350
msgid ""
"Position of paned separator in pixels (0 means all the way to the left/top)"
msgstr ""
"Posición do separador de sección en píxeles (0 significa todo o traxecto "
"cara á esquerda ou arriba)"
2011-06-21 11:58:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkpaned.c:359
msgid "Position Set"
msgstr "Definición de posición"
2011-06-21 11:58:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkpaned.c:360
msgid "TRUE if the Position property should be used"
msgstr "É TRUE se a propiedade de posición debe ser usada"
2011-06-21 11:58:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkpaned.c:366
msgid "Handle Size"
msgstr "Tamaño do manipulador"
2011-06-21 11:58:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkpaned.c:367
msgid "Width of handle"
msgstr "Largura do manipulador"
2011-06-21 11:58:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkpaned.c:383
msgid "Minimal Position"
msgstr "Posición mínima"
2011-06-21 11:58:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkpaned.c:384
msgid "Smallest possible value for the \"position\" property"
msgstr "O valor máis pequeno posíbel para a propiedade \"posición\""
2011-06-21 11:58:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkpaned.c:401
msgid "Maximal Position"
msgstr "Posición máxima"
2011-06-21 11:58:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkpaned.c:402
msgid "Largest possible value for the \"position\" property"
msgstr "O valor máis grande posíbel para a propiedade \"posición\""
2011-06-21 11:58:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkpaned.c:419
msgid "Resize"
msgstr "Redimensionar"
2011-06-21 11:58:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkpaned.c:420
msgid "If TRUE, the child expands and shrinks along with the paned widget"
msgstr "Se é TRUE, o fillo expándese e redúcese xunto coa sección do widget"
2011-06-21 11:58:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkpaned.c:435
msgid "Shrink"
msgstr "Reducir"
2011-06-21 11:58:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkpaned.c:436
msgid "If TRUE, the child can be made smaller than its requisition"
msgstr "Se é TRUE, o fillo pode facerse máis pequeno que a súa solicitude"
2011-08-16 11:31:28 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkplug.c:203 ../gtk/gtkstatusicon.c:326
msgid "Embedded"
msgstr "Incorporado"
2011-08-16 11:31:28 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkplug.c:204
2010-08-11 16:19:34 +00:00
msgid "Whether the plug is embedded"
msgstr "Indica se o conectador está incrustado"
2011-08-16 11:31:28 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkplug.c:218
msgid "Socket Window"
msgstr "Xanela de conectador"
2011-08-16 11:31:28 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkplug.c:219
msgid "The window of the socket the plug is embedded in"
msgstr "A xanela do conectador en que o obxecto \"plug\" está incorporado"
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkprinter.c:126
msgid "Name of the printer"
msgstr "Nome da impresora"
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkprinter.c:132
msgid "Backend"
msgstr "Backend"
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkprinter.c:133
msgid "Backend for the printer"
msgstr "Backend para a impresora"
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkprinter.c:139
msgid "Is Virtual"
msgstr "É virtual"
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkprinter.c:140
msgid "FALSE if this represents a real hardware printer"
msgstr "É FALSE se isto representa unha impresora real de hardware"
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkprinter.c:146
msgid "Accepts PDF"
msgstr "Acepta PDF"
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkprinter.c:147
msgid "TRUE if this printer can accept PDF"
msgstr "É TRUE se esta impresora pode aceptar PDF"
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkprinter.c:153
msgid "Accepts PostScript"
msgstr "Acepta PostScript"
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkprinter.c:154
msgid "TRUE if this printer can accept PostScript"
msgstr "É TRUE se esta impresora acepta PostScript"
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkprinter.c:160
msgid "State Message"
msgstr "Mensaxe de estado"
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkprinter.c:161
msgid "String giving the current state of the printer"
msgstr "Unha cadea que mostra o estado actual da impresora"
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkprinter.c:167
msgid "Location"
msgstr "Localización"
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkprinter.c:168
msgid "The location of the printer"
msgstr "A localización da impresora"
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkprinter.c:175
msgid "The icon name to use for the printer"
msgstr "O nome da icona que usar para a impresora"
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkprinter.c:181
msgid "Job Count"
msgstr "Conta de traballos"
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkprinter.c:182
msgid "Number of jobs queued in the printer"
msgstr "O número de traballos postos na fila de impresión"
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkprinter.c:200
msgid "Paused Printer"
msgstr "Impresora detida"
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkprinter.c:201
msgid "TRUE if this printer is paused"
msgstr "É TRUE se a impresora está detida"
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkprinter.c:214
msgid "Accepting Jobs"
msgstr "Acepta traballos"
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkprinter.c:215
msgid "TRUE if this printer is accepting new jobs"
msgstr "É TRUE se esta impresora acepta traballos novos"
2011-07-10 22:12:43 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkprinteroption.c:105
msgid "Option Value"
msgstr "Valor da opción"
#: ../gtk/gtkprinteroption.c:106
msgid "Value of the option"
msgstr "Valor da opción"
2011-06-21 11:58:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkprinteroptionwidget.c:122
msgid "Source option"
msgstr "Opción de orixe"
2011-06-21 11:58:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkprinteroptionwidget.c:123
msgid "The PrinterOption backing this widget"
msgstr "A PrinterOption que serve de apoio para este widget"
2011-01-16 16:14:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkprintjob.c:142
msgid "Title of the print job"
msgstr "Título do traballo de impresión"
2011-01-16 16:14:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkprintjob.c:150
msgid "Printer"
msgstr "Impresora"
2011-01-16 16:14:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkprintjob.c:151
msgid "Printer to print the job to"
msgstr "Impresora na que imprimir o traballo"
2011-01-16 16:14:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkprintjob.c:159
msgid "Settings"
msgstr "Configuracións"
2011-01-16 16:14:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkprintjob.c:160
msgid "Printer settings"
msgstr "Configuracións da impresora"
2011-01-16 16:14:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkprintjob.c:168 ../gtk/gtkprintjob.c:169
2011-06-21 11:58:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkprintunixdialog.c:368
msgid "Page Setup"
msgstr "Configuración da páxina"
2011-02-05 23:26:36 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkprintjob.c:177 ../gtk/gtkprintoperation.c:1206
msgid "Track Print Status"
msgstr "Seguimento do estado de impresión"
2011-01-16 16:14:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkprintjob.c:178
msgid ""
"TRUE if the print job will continue to emit status-changed signals after the "
"print data has been sent to the printer or print server."
msgstr ""
"É TRUE se a operación de impresión continúa emitindo sinais de cambio de "
"estado despois de que os datos de impresión sexan enviados á impresora ou ao "
"servidor de impresoras."
2011-02-05 23:26:36 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkprintoperation.c:1078
msgid "Default Page Setup"
2011-01-27 02:26:00 +00:00
msgstr "Configuración de páxina predeterminada"
2011-02-05 23:26:36 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkprintoperation.c:1079
msgid "The GtkPageSetup used by default"
msgstr "A GtkPageSetup que se usa por defecto"
2011-06-21 11:58:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkprintoperation.c:1097 ../gtk/gtkprintunixdialog.c:386
msgid "Print Settings"
msgstr "Configuracións da impresora"
2011-06-21 11:58:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkprintoperation.c:1098 ../gtk/gtkprintunixdialog.c:387
msgid "The GtkPrintSettings used for initializing the dialog"
msgstr "Os GtkPrintSettings que se usan para inicializar o diálogo"
2011-02-05 23:26:36 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkprintoperation.c:1116
msgid "Job Name"
msgstr "Nome do traballo"
2011-02-05 23:26:36 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkprintoperation.c:1117
msgid "A string used for identifying the print job."
msgstr "Unha cadea que se usa para identificar o traballo de impresión."
2011-02-05 23:26:36 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkprintoperation.c:1141
msgid "Number of Pages"
msgstr "Número de páxinas"
2011-02-05 23:26:36 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkprintoperation.c:1142
msgid "The number of pages in the document."
msgstr "O número de páxinas do documento."
2011-06-21 11:58:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkprintoperation.c:1163 ../gtk/gtkprintunixdialog.c:376
msgid "Current Page"
msgstr "Páxina actual"
2011-06-21 11:58:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkprintoperation.c:1164 ../gtk/gtkprintunixdialog.c:377
msgid "The current page in the document"
msgstr "A páxina actual do documento"
2011-02-05 23:26:36 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkprintoperation.c:1185
msgid "Use full page"
msgstr "Usar a páxina completa"
2011-02-05 23:26:36 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkprintoperation.c:1186
msgid ""
"TRUE if the origin of the context should be at the corner of the page and "
"not the corner of the imageable area"
msgstr ""
"É TRUE se a orixe do contexto debe estar na esquina da páxina e non na "
"esquina da área de imaxe"
2011-02-05 23:26:36 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkprintoperation.c:1207
msgid ""
"TRUE if the print operation will continue to report on the print job status "
"after the print data has been sent to the printer or print server."
msgstr ""
"É TRUE se a operación de impresión continúa informando ao traballo de "
"impresión despois de que os datos de impresión sexan enviados á impresora ou "
"ao servidor de impresoras."
2011-02-05 23:26:36 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkprintoperation.c:1224
msgid "Unit"
msgstr "Unidade"
2011-02-05 23:26:36 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkprintoperation.c:1225
msgid "The unit in which distances can be measured in the context"
msgstr "A unidade na que se poden medir as distancias no contexto"
2011-02-05 23:26:36 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkprintoperation.c:1242
msgid "Show Dialog"
msgstr "Mostrar diálogo"
2011-02-05 23:26:36 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkprintoperation.c:1243
msgid "TRUE if a progress dialog is shown while printing."
msgstr "É TRUE se se mostra un diálogo de progreso ao imprimir."
2011-02-05 23:26:36 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkprintoperation.c:1266
msgid "Allow Async"
msgstr "Permitir asíncrono"
2011-02-05 23:26:36 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkprintoperation.c:1267
msgid "TRUE if print process may run asynchronous."
msgstr "É TRUE se o proceso de impresión se pode executar asincronamente."
2011-02-05 23:26:36 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkprintoperation.c:1289 ../gtk/gtkprintoperation.c:1290
msgid "Export filename"
msgstr "Exportar nome de ficheiro"
2011-02-05 23:26:36 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkprintoperation.c:1304
msgid "Status"
msgstr "Estado"
2011-02-05 23:26:36 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkprintoperation.c:1305
msgid "The status of the print operation"
msgstr "O estado da operación de impresión"
2011-02-05 23:26:36 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkprintoperation.c:1325
msgid "Status String"
msgstr "Cadea de estado"
2011-02-05 23:26:36 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkprintoperation.c:1326
msgid "A human-readable description of the status"
msgstr "Unha descrición lexíbel por humanos do estado"
2011-02-05 23:26:36 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkprintoperation.c:1344
msgid "Custom tab label"
2011-01-27 02:26:00 +00:00
msgstr "Etiqueta da lapela personalizada"
2011-02-05 23:26:36 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkprintoperation.c:1345
msgid "Label for the tab containing custom widgets."
2011-01-27 02:26:00 +00:00
msgstr "Etiqueta para a lapela que contén widgets personalizados."
2011-06-21 11:58:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkprintoperation.c:1360 ../gtk/gtkprintunixdialog.c:411
2009-06-16 01:45:40 +00:00
msgid "Support Selection"
2009-08-10 15:19:30 +00:00
msgstr "Permite a selección"
2009-06-16 01:45:40 +00:00
2011-02-05 23:26:36 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkprintoperation.c:1361
2009-06-16 01:45:40 +00:00
msgid "TRUE if the print operation will support print of selection."
2009-08-10 15:19:30 +00:00
msgstr "TRUE se a operación de impresión permitirá a impresión da selección."
2009-06-16 01:45:40 +00:00
2011-06-21 11:58:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkprintoperation.c:1377 ../gtk/gtkprintunixdialog.c:419
2009-06-16 01:45:40 +00:00
msgid "Has Selection"
2009-08-10 15:19:30 +00:00
msgstr "Ten unha selección"
2009-06-16 01:45:40 +00:00
2011-02-05 23:26:36 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkprintoperation.c:1378
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
msgid "TRUE if a selection exists."
2010-05-14 07:47:29 +00:00
msgstr "TRUE se existe unha selección."
2009-06-16 01:45:40 +00:00
2011-06-21 11:58:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkprintoperation.c:1393 ../gtk/gtkprintunixdialog.c:427
2009-07-10 23:02:32 +00:00
msgid "Embed Page Setup"
2009-08-19 11:39:19 +00:00
msgstr "Configuración da páxina incorporada"
2009-07-10 23:02:32 +00:00
2011-02-05 23:26:36 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkprintoperation.c:1394
2009-07-10 23:02:32 +00:00
msgid "TRUE if page setup combos are embedded in GtkPrintDialog"
msgstr ""
2009-08-19 11:39:19 +00:00
"TRUE se as caixas de combinación da configuración de páxina están "
"incorporados no GtkPrintDialog"
2009-07-10 23:02:32 +00:00
2011-02-05 23:26:36 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkprintoperation.c:1415
2009-08-10 15:19:30 +00:00
msgid "Number of Pages To Print"
2009-08-19 11:39:19 +00:00
msgstr "Número de páxinas para imprimir"
2009-08-10 15:19:30 +00:00
2011-02-05 23:26:36 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkprintoperation.c:1416
2009-08-10 15:19:30 +00:00
msgid "The number of pages that will be printed."
2009-08-19 11:39:19 +00:00
msgstr "O número de páxinas que serán impresas."
2009-08-10 15:19:30 +00:00
2011-06-21 11:58:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkprintunixdialog.c:369
msgid "The GtkPageSetup to use"
msgstr "O GtkPageSetup que usar"
2011-06-21 11:58:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkprintunixdialog.c:394
msgid "Selected Printer"
msgstr "Impresora seleccionada"
2011-06-21 11:58:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkprintunixdialog.c:395
msgid "The GtkPrinter which is selected"
msgstr "O GtkPrinter que está seleccionado"
2011-06-21 11:58:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkprintunixdialog.c:402
2010-08-11 16:19:34 +00:00
msgid "Manual Capabilities"
2009-08-10 15:19:30 +00:00
msgstr "Capacidades manuais"
2009-06-16 01:45:40 +00:00
2011-06-21 11:58:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkprintunixdialog.c:403
2009-06-16 01:45:40 +00:00
msgid "Capabilities the application can handle"
2009-08-10 15:19:30 +00:00
msgstr "Capacidades que o aplicativo pode manipular"
2009-06-16 01:45:40 +00:00
2011-06-21 11:58:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkprintunixdialog.c:412
2009-06-16 01:45:40 +00:00
msgid "Whether the dialog supports selection"
2009-08-10 15:19:30 +00:00
msgstr "Se a caixa de diálogo permite a selección"
2009-06-16 01:45:40 +00:00
2011-06-21 11:58:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkprintunixdialog.c:420
2009-06-16 01:45:40 +00:00
msgid "Whether the application has a selection"
2009-08-10 15:19:30 +00:00
msgstr "Cando o aplicativo ten unha seleccion"
2009-06-16 01:45:40 +00:00
2011-06-21 11:58:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkprintunixdialog.c:428
2009-07-10 23:02:32 +00:00
msgid "TRUE if page setup combos are embedded in GtkPrintUnixDialog"
msgstr ""
2009-08-19 11:39:19 +00:00
"TRUE se as caixas de combinación da configuración de páxina están "
"incorporadas no GtkPrintUnixDialog"
2009-07-10 23:02:32 +00:00
2011-07-10 22:12:43 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkprogressbar.c:160
msgid "Fraction"
msgstr "Fracción"
2011-07-10 22:12:43 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkprogressbar.c:161
msgid "The fraction of total work that has been completed"
msgstr "A fracción do traballo total que se completou"
2011-07-10 22:12:43 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkprogressbar.c:168
msgid "Pulse Step"
msgstr "Paso de pulso"
2011-07-10 22:12:43 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkprogressbar.c:169
msgid "The fraction of total progress to move the bouncing block when pulsed"
msgstr ""
"A fracción do progreso total para mover o bloque rebotador cando se preme"
2011-07-10 22:12:43 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkprogressbar.c:177
msgid "Text to be displayed in the progress bar"
msgstr "Texto que se mostrará na barra de progreso"
2011-08-16 11:31:28 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkprogressbar.c:198
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
msgid "Show text"
msgstr "Mostrar texto"
2011-08-16 11:31:28 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkprogressbar.c:199
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
msgid "Whether the progress is shown as text."
msgstr "Indica se o progreso se mostra como texto."
2011-08-16 11:31:28 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkprogressbar.c:221
msgid ""
"The preferred place to ellipsize the string, if the progress bar does not "
"have enough room to display the entire string, if at all."
msgstr ""
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
"O lugar preferido para a elipse da cadea, se a barra de progreso non ten "
"espazo suficiente para mostrar a cadea completa."
2011-08-16 11:31:28 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkprogressbar.c:228
2010-08-11 16:19:34 +00:00
msgid "X spacing"
msgstr "Espazamento X"
2011-08-16 11:31:28 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkprogressbar.c:229
msgid "Extra spacing applied to the width of a progress bar."
msgstr "Espazo extra aplicado á largura dunha barra de progreso."
2011-08-16 11:31:28 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkprogressbar.c:234
2010-08-11 16:19:34 +00:00
msgid "Y spacing"
msgstr "Espazamento Y"
2011-08-16 11:31:28 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkprogressbar.c:235
msgid "Extra spacing applied to the height of a progress bar."
msgstr "Un espazamento extra aplicado á altura dunha barra de progreso."
2011-08-16 11:31:28 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkprogressbar.c:248
2010-08-11 16:19:34 +00:00
msgid "Minimum horizontal bar width"
msgstr "Largura horizontal mínima da barra"
2011-08-16 11:31:28 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkprogressbar.c:249
msgid "The minimum horizontal width of the progress bar"
msgstr "A largura horizontal mínima da barra de progreso"
2011-08-16 11:31:28 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkprogressbar.c:261
2010-08-11 16:19:34 +00:00
msgid "Minimum horizontal bar height"
msgstr "Altura horizontal mínima da barra"
2011-08-16 11:31:28 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkprogressbar.c:262
msgid "Minimum horizontal height of the progress bar"
msgstr "A altura horizontal mínima da barra de progreso"
2011-08-16 11:31:28 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkprogressbar.c:274
2010-08-11 16:19:34 +00:00
msgid "Minimum vertical bar width"
msgstr "Largura vertical mínima da barra"
2011-08-16 11:31:28 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkprogressbar.c:275
msgid "The minimum vertical width of the progress bar"
msgstr "A largura vertical mínima da barra de progreso"
2011-08-16 11:31:28 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkprogressbar.c:287
2010-08-11 16:19:34 +00:00
msgid "Minimum vertical bar height"
msgstr "Altura vertical mínima da barra"
2011-08-16 11:31:28 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkprogressbar.c:288
msgid "The minimum vertical height of the progress bar"
msgstr "A altura vertical mínima da barra de progreso"
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkradioaction.c:118
msgid "The value"
msgstr "O valor"
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkradioaction.c:119
msgid ""
"The value returned by gtk_radio_action_get_current_value() when this action "
"is the current action of its group."
msgstr ""
"O valor devolto por gtk_radio_action_get_current_value() cando esta acción é "
"a acción actual do seu grupo."
2011-07-10 22:12:43 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkradioaction.c:135 ../gtk/gtkradiobutton.c:164
2011-08-16 11:31:28 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkradiomenuitem.c:426 ../gtk/gtkradiotoolbutton.c:85
2010-10-01 19:58:09 +00:00
msgid "Group"
msgstr "Grupo"
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkradioaction.c:136
msgid "The radio action whose group this action belongs to."
msgstr "O botón de opción a cuxo grupo pertence esta acción."
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkradioaction.c:151
msgid "The current value"
msgstr "O valor actual"
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkradioaction.c:152
msgid ""
"The value property of the currently active member of the group to which this "
"action belongs."
msgstr ""
"A propiedade do valor do membro actualmente activo do grupo ao que esta "
"acción pertence."
2011-07-10 22:12:43 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkradiobutton.c:165
msgid "The radio button whose group this widget belongs to."
msgstr "O botón de opción a cuxo grupo pertence este widget."
2011-08-16 11:31:28 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkradiomenuitem.c:427
msgid "The radio menu item whose group this widget belongs to."
msgstr "O elemento do menú de opción a cuxo grupo pertence este widget."
2011-04-30 21:52:35 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkradiotoolbutton.c:86
msgid "The radio tool button whose group this button belongs to."
msgstr "O botón de ferramenta de opción a cuxo grupo pertence este botón."
2011-07-10 22:12:43 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkrange.c:419
msgid "The GtkAdjustment that contains the current value of this range object"
msgstr "O GtkAdjustment que contén o valor actual deste intervalo de obxectos"
2011-07-10 22:12:43 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkrange.c:427
msgid "Invert direction slider moves to increase range value"
msgstr ""
"Inverter a dirección en que se move o control desprazábel para incrementar o "
"valor do intervalo"
2011-07-10 22:12:43 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkrange.c:434
msgid "Lower stepper sensitivity"
msgstr "Sensibilidade de paso inferior"
2011-07-10 22:12:43 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkrange.c:435
msgid ""
"The sensitivity policy for the stepper that points to the adjustment's lower "
"side"
msgstr ""
"A política de sensibilidade para o paso que apunta ao lado máis baixo do "
"axuste"
2011-07-10 22:12:43 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkrange.c:443
msgid "Upper stepper sensitivity"
msgstr "Sensibilidade do paso superior"
2011-07-10 22:12:43 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkrange.c:444
msgid ""
"The sensitivity policy for the stepper that points to the adjustment's upper "
"side"
msgstr ""
"A política de sensibilidade para o paso que apunta ao lado máis alto do "
"axuste"
2011-07-10 22:12:43 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkrange.c:461
msgid "Show Fill Level"
msgstr "Mostrar nivel de recheo"
2011-07-10 22:12:43 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkrange.c:462
msgid "Whether to display a fill level indicator graphics on trough."
msgstr ""
"Indica se se debe mostrar o indicador gráfico de nivel de recheo mentres se "
"enche."
2011-07-10 22:12:43 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkrange.c:478
msgid "Restrict to Fill Level"
msgstr "Restrinxir ao nivel de recheo"
2011-07-10 22:12:43 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkrange.c:479
msgid "Whether to restrict the upper boundary to the fill level."
msgstr "Indica se se debe restrinxir o bordo superior ao nivel de recheo."
2011-07-10 22:12:43 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkrange.c:494
msgid "Fill Level"
msgstr "Nivel de recheo"
2011-07-10 22:12:43 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkrange.c:495
msgid "The fill level."
msgstr "O nivel de recheo."
2011-07-10 22:12:43 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkrange.c:512
2011-01-16 16:14:23 +00:00
msgid "Round Digits"
msgstr "Díxitos"
2011-07-10 22:12:43 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkrange.c:513
2011-01-16 16:14:23 +00:00
msgid "The number of digits to round the value to."
msgstr "O número de páxinas do documento."
2011-08-16 11:31:28 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkrange.c:521 ../gtk/gtkswitch.c:817
msgid "Slider Width"
msgstr "Largura do control desprazábel"
2011-07-10 22:12:43 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkrange.c:522
msgid "Width of scrollbar or scale thumb"
msgstr "Largura da barra de desprazamento ou do indicador de escala"
2011-07-10 22:12:43 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkrange.c:529
msgid "Trough Border"
msgstr "Bordo do canal"
2011-07-10 22:12:43 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkrange.c:530
msgid "Spacing between thumb/steppers and outer trough bevel"
msgstr ""
"Espazamento entre o indicador de escala ou os pasos e o bisel do canal "
"exterior"
2011-07-10 22:12:43 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkrange.c:537
msgid "Stepper Size"
msgstr "Tamaño do paso"
2011-07-10 22:12:43 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkrange.c:538
msgid "Length of step buttons at ends"
msgstr "Lonxitude dos botóns de paso nos extremos"
2011-07-10 22:12:43 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkrange.c:551
msgid "Stepper Spacing"
msgstr "Espazamento do paso"
2011-07-10 22:12:43 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkrange.c:552
msgid "Spacing between step buttons and thumb"
msgstr "Espazamento entre os botóns de paso e o indicador de escala"
2011-07-10 22:12:43 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkrange.c:559
msgid "Arrow X Displacement"
msgstr "Desprazamento X da frecha"
2011-07-10 22:12:43 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkrange.c:560
msgid ""
"How far in the x direction to move the arrow when the button is depressed"
msgstr "Até onde se move a frecha na dirección X cando se solta o botón"
2011-07-10 22:12:43 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkrange.c:567
msgid "Arrow Y Displacement"
msgstr "Desprazamento Y da frecha"
2011-07-10 22:12:43 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkrange.c:568
msgid ""
"How far in the y direction to move the arrow when the button is depressed"
msgstr "Até onde se move a frecha na dirección Y cando se solta o botón"
2011-07-10 22:12:43 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkrange.c:584
msgid "Trough Under Steppers"
msgstr "Canal baixo os pasos"
2006-06-13 05:15:01 +00:00
2011-07-10 22:12:43 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkrange.c:585
2006-06-13 05:15:01 +00:00
msgid ""
"Whether to draw trough for full length of range or exclude the steppers and "
"spacing"
2006-06-22 02:29:37 +00:00
msgstr ""
"Indica se se debuxa para toda a lonxitude do intervalo ou se exclúe os pasos "
"e o espazamento"
2011-07-10 22:12:43 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkrange.c:598
msgid "Arrow scaling"
msgstr "Escalado de frecha"
2011-07-10 22:12:43 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkrange.c:599
msgid "Arrow scaling with regard to scroll button size"
msgstr "O escalado da frecha con atención ao tamaño do botón de desprazamento"
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkrecentaction.c:635 ../gtk/gtkrecentchoosermenu.c:246
msgid "Show Numbers"
msgstr "Mostrar números"
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkrecentaction.c:636 ../gtk/gtkrecentchoosermenu.c:247
msgid "Whether the items should be displayed with a number"
msgstr "Indica se os elementos deberían mostrarse cun número"
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkrecentchooser.c:132
msgid "Recent Manager"
2009-08-10 15:19:30 +00:00
msgstr "Xestionar os recentes"
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkrecentchooser.c:133
msgid "The RecentManager object to use"
msgstr "O obxecto RecentManager que se vai usar"
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkrecentchooser.c:147
msgid "Show Private"
msgstr "Mostrar os privados"
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkrecentchooser.c:148
msgid "Whether the private items should be displayed"
msgstr "Indica se os elementos privados se deben mostrar"
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkrecentchooser.c:161
msgid "Show Tooltips"
msgstr "Mostrar as indicacións"
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkrecentchooser.c:162
msgid "Whether there should be a tooltip on the item"
msgstr "Indica se debe haber unha indicación no elemento"
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkrecentchooser.c:174
msgid "Show Icons"
msgstr "Mostrar iconas"
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkrecentchooser.c:175
msgid "Whether there should be an icon near the item"
msgstr "Indica se debe haber unha icona cerca do elemento"
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkrecentchooser.c:190
msgid "Show Not Found"
2011-01-27 02:26:00 +00:00
msgstr "Mostrar os non atopados"
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkrecentchooser.c:191
msgid "Whether the items pointing to unavailable resources should be displayed"
msgstr ""
"Indica se se deben mostrar os elementos que apuntan a recursos non "
"dispoñíbeis"
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkrecentchooser.c:204
msgid "Whether to allow multiple items to be selected"
msgstr "Indica se se permite a selección de múltiples elementos"
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkrecentchooser.c:217
msgid "Local only"
msgstr "Só local"
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkrecentchooser.c:218
msgid "Whether the selected resource(s) should be limited to local file: URIs"
msgstr ""
"Indica se os recursos seleccionados deberían limitarse a URI de tipo 'file:' "
"locais"
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkrecentchooser.c:234
msgid "Limit"
msgstr "Límite"
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkrecentchooser.c:235
msgid "The maximum number of items to be displayed"
msgstr "O número máximo de elementos para mostrar"
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkrecentchooser.c:249
msgid "Sort Type"
msgstr "Tipo de ordenación"
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkrecentchooser.c:250
msgid "The sorting order of the items displayed"
msgstr "A orde de clasificación dos elementos mostrados"
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkrecentchooser.c:265
msgid "The current filter for selecting which resources are displayed"
msgstr "O filtro actual para seleccionar que recursos se mostran"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkrecentmanager.c:295
msgid "The full path to the file to be used to store and read the list"
msgstr ""
"O camiño completo ao ficheiro que se vai usar para almacenar e ler a lista"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkrecentmanager.c:310
msgid "The size of the recently used resources list"
msgstr "O tamaño da lista de recursos usados recentemente"
2011-07-10 22:12:43 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkscalebutton.c:219
2010-08-27 21:25:56 +00:00
msgid "The value of the scale"
msgstr "O valor da escala"
2011-07-10 22:12:43 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkscalebutton.c:229
2010-08-27 21:25:56 +00:00
msgid "The icon size"
msgstr "O tamaño da icona"
2011-07-10 22:12:43 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkscalebutton.c:238
2010-08-27 21:25:56 +00:00
msgid ""
"The GtkAdjustment that contains the current value of this scale button object"
msgstr ""
"O GtkAdjustment que contén o valor actual deste obxecto de botón de escala"
2011-07-10 22:12:43 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkscalebutton.c:266
2010-08-27 21:25:56 +00:00
msgid "Icons"
msgstr "Iconas"
2011-07-10 22:12:43 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkscalebutton.c:267
2010-08-27 21:25:56 +00:00
msgid "List of icon names"
msgstr "Lista dos nomes de iconas"
2011-07-10 22:12:43 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkscale.c:255
msgid "The number of decimal places that are displayed in the value"
msgstr "O número de lugares decimais que se mostran no valor"
2011-07-10 22:12:43 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkscale.c:264
msgid "Draw Value"
msgstr "Valor de debuxo"
2011-07-10 22:12:43 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkscale.c:265
msgid "Whether the current value is displayed as a string next to the slider"
msgstr ""
"Indica se o valor actual se mostra como unha cadea contigua ao control "
"desprazábel"
2011-07-10 22:12:43 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkscale.c:272
msgid "Value Position"
msgstr "Posición do valor"
2011-07-10 22:12:43 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkscale.c:273
msgid "The position in which the current value is displayed"
msgstr "A posición na que se mostra o valor actual"
2011-07-10 22:12:43 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkscale.c:280
msgid "Slider Length"
msgstr "Lonxitude do control desprazábel"
2011-07-10 22:12:43 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkscale.c:281
msgid "Length of scale's slider"
msgstr "Lonxitude da escala do control desprazábel"
2011-07-10 22:12:43 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkscale.c:289
msgid "Value spacing"
msgstr "Espazamento do valor"
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
2011-07-10 22:12:43 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkscale.c:290
msgid "Space between value text and the slider/trough area"
2006-05-30 20:25:18 +00:00
msgstr ""
"Espazo entre os valores de texto e a área do control desprazábel ou o canal"
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
2011-04-30 21:52:35 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkscrollable.c:94
2011-01-06 23:11:51 +00:00
msgid "Horizontal adjustment"
msgstr "Axuste horizontal"
2011-04-30 21:52:35 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkscrollable.c:95
2011-01-06 23:11:51 +00:00
msgid ""
"Horizontal adjustment that is shared between the scrollable widget and its "
"controller"
msgstr ""
"Axuste horizontal que é compartido entre o widget desprazábel e o seu "
"controlador"
2011-04-30 21:52:35 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkscrollable.c:111
2011-01-06 23:11:51 +00:00
msgid "Vertical adjustment"
msgstr "Axuste vertical"
2011-04-30 21:52:35 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkscrollable.c:112
2011-01-06 23:11:51 +00:00
msgid ""
"Vertical adjustment that is shared between the scrollable widget and its "
"controller"
msgstr ""
2011-01-09 15:42:40 +00:00
"O axuste vertical que é compartido entre o widget desprazábel e o seu "
"controlador"
2011-01-06 23:11:51 +00:00
2011-04-30 21:52:35 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkscrollable.c:128
2011-01-06 23:11:51 +00:00
msgid "Horizontal Scrollable Policy"
msgstr "Normativa do desprazamento horizontal"
2011-04-30 21:52:35 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkscrollable.c:129 ../gtk/gtkscrollable.c:145
2011-01-06 23:11:51 +00:00
msgid "How the size of the content should be determined"
msgstr "Como se debe determinar o tamaño do contido"
2011-04-30 21:52:35 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkscrollable.c:144
2011-01-06 23:11:51 +00:00
msgid "Vertical Scrollable Policy"
2011-01-09 15:42:40 +00:00
msgstr "Normativa de desprazamento vertical"
2011-01-06 23:11:51 +00:00
2011-07-10 22:12:43 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkscrollbar.c:72
msgid "Minimum Slider Length"
msgstr "Lonxitude mínima do control desprazábel"
2011-07-10 22:12:43 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkscrollbar.c:73
msgid "Minimum length of scrollbar slider"
msgstr "Tamaño mínimo da barra de desprazamento do control desprazábel"
2011-07-10 22:12:43 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkscrollbar.c:81
msgid "Fixed slider size"
msgstr "Tamaño fixo do control desprazábel"
2011-07-10 22:12:43 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkscrollbar.c:82
msgid "Don't change slider size, just lock it to the minimum length"
msgstr ""
"Non cambiar o tamaño do control desprazábel, bloquealo na lonxitude mínima"
2011-07-10 22:12:43 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkscrollbar.c:103
msgid ""
"Display a second backward arrow button on the opposite end of the scrollbar"
msgstr ""
"Mostra un segundo botón de frecha de retroceso no extremo oposto da barra de "
"desprazamento"
2011-07-10 22:12:43 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkscrollbar.c:110
msgid ""
"Display a second forward arrow button on the opposite end of the scrollbar"
msgstr ""
"Mostra un segundo botón de frecha de avance no extremo oposto da barra de "
"desprazamento"
2011-06-21 11:58:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkscrolledwindow.c:296
msgid "Horizontal Adjustment"
msgstr "Axuste horizontal"
2011-06-21 11:58:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkscrolledwindow.c:297
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
msgid "The GtkAdjustment for the horizontal position"
msgstr "O GtkAdjustment para a posición horizontal"
2011-06-21 11:58:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkscrolledwindow.c:303
msgid "Vertical Adjustment"
msgstr "Axuste vertical"
2011-06-21 11:58:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkscrolledwindow.c:304
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
msgid "The GtkAdjustment for the vertical position"
msgstr "O GtkAdjustment para a posición vertical"
2011-06-21 11:58:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkscrolledwindow.c:310
msgid "Horizontal Scrollbar Policy"
msgstr "Comportamento da barra de desprazamento horizontal"
2011-06-21 11:58:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkscrolledwindow.c:311
msgid "When the horizontal scrollbar is displayed"
msgstr "Cando se mostra a barra de desprazamento horizontal"
2011-06-21 11:58:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkscrolledwindow.c:318
msgid "Vertical Scrollbar Policy"
msgstr "Comportamento da barra de desprazamento vertical"
2011-06-21 11:58:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkscrolledwindow.c:319
msgid "When the vertical scrollbar is displayed"
msgstr "Cando se mostra a barra de desprazamento vertical"
2011-06-21 11:58:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkscrolledwindow.c:327
msgid "Window Placement"
msgstr "Colocación da xanela"
2011-06-21 11:58:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkscrolledwindow.c:328
msgid ""
"Where the contents are located with respect to the scrollbars. This property "
"only takes effect if \"window-placement-set\" is TRUE."
msgstr ""
"Onde se colocan os contidos respecto ás barras de desprazamento. Esta "
"propiedade só ten efecto se \"window-placement-set\" é TRUE."
2011-06-21 11:58:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkscrolledwindow.c:345
msgid "Window Placement Set"
msgstr "Definición da colocación da xanela"
2011-06-21 11:58:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkscrolledwindow.c:346
msgid ""
"Whether \"window-placement\" should be used to determine the location of the "
"contents with respect to the scrollbars."
msgstr ""
"Indica se debe usarse \"window-placement\" para determinar a localización do "
"contido respecto ás barras de desprazamento."
2011-06-21 11:58:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkscrolledwindow.c:352
msgid "Shadow Type"
msgstr "Tipo de sombra"
2011-06-21 11:58:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkscrolledwindow.c:353
msgid "Style of bevel around the contents"
msgstr "Estilo de bisel ao redor dos contidos"
2011-06-21 11:58:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkscrolledwindow.c:367
msgid "Scrollbars within bevel"
msgstr "Barra de desprazamento no bisel"
2011-06-21 11:58:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkscrolledwindow.c:368
msgid "Place scrollbars within the scrolled window's bevel"
msgstr ""
"Colocar as barras de desprazamento no bisel da xanela con desprazamento"
2011-06-21 11:58:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkscrolledwindow.c:374
msgid "Scrollbar spacing"
msgstr "Espazamento da barra de desprazamento"
2011-06-21 11:58:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkscrolledwindow.c:375
msgid "Number of pixels between the scrollbars and the scrolled window"
msgstr ""
"Número de píxeles entre as barras de desprazamentos e a xanela con "
"desprazamento"
2011-06-21 11:58:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkscrolledwindow.c:391
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
msgid "Minimum Content Width"
msgstr "Anchura mínima do contido"
2011-06-21 11:58:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkscrolledwindow.c:392
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
msgid "The minimum width that the scrolled window will allocate to its content"
msgstr "A anchura mínima que a xanela desprazada reservará para o seu contido"
2011-06-21 11:58:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkscrolledwindow.c:406
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
msgid "Minimum Content Height"
msgstr "Altura mínima do contido"
2011-06-21 11:58:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkscrolledwindow.c:407
msgid ""
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
"The minimum height that the scrolled window will allocate to its content"
msgstr "A altura mínima que a xanela desprazada reservará para o seu contido"
2010-12-05 13:57:08 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkseparatortoolitem.c:143
msgid "Draw"
msgstr "Debuxar"
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
2010-12-05 13:57:08 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkseparatortoolitem.c:144
msgid "Whether the separator is drawn, or just blank"
msgstr "Indica se se debuxa o separador ou se se deixa en branco"
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
2011-08-16 11:31:28 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:322
msgid "Double Click Time"
2010-03-04 23:25:31 +00:00
msgstr "Tempo do dobre clic"
2011-08-16 11:31:28 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:323
msgid ""
"Maximum time allowed between two clicks for them to be considered a double "
"click (in milliseconds)"
msgstr ""
"Tempo máximo permitido entre dous clics para ser considerados como un clic "
2010-03-04 23:25:31 +00:00
"dobre (en milisegundos)"
2011-08-16 11:31:28 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:330
msgid "Double Click Distance"
2010-03-04 23:25:31 +00:00
msgstr "Distancia do dobre clic"
2011-08-16 11:31:28 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:331
msgid ""
"Maximum distance allowed between two clicks for them to be considered a "
"double click (in pixels)"
msgstr ""
"Distancia máxima permitida entre dous clics para ser considerados como un "
2010-03-04 23:25:31 +00:00
"dobre clic (en píxeles)"
2011-08-16 11:31:28 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:347
msgid "Cursor Blink"
msgstr "Intermitencia do cursor"
2011-08-16 11:31:28 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:348
msgid "Whether the cursor should blink"
msgstr "Indica se o cursor debe pestanexar"
2011-08-16 11:31:28 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:355
msgid "Cursor Blink Time"
msgstr "Tempo de intermitencia do cursor"
2011-08-16 11:31:28 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:356
msgid "Length of the cursor blink cycle, in milliseconds"
msgstr "Duración do ciclo de intermitencia do cursor, en milisegundos"
2011-08-16 11:31:28 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:375
msgid "Cursor Blink Timeout"
msgstr "Tempo de intermitencia do cursor"
2011-08-16 11:31:28 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:376
msgid "Time after which the cursor stops blinking, in seconds"
msgstr ""
"Duración a partir de que se detén a intermitencia do cursor, en segundos"
2011-08-16 11:31:28 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:383
msgid "Split Cursor"
msgstr "Cursor dividido"
2011-08-16 11:31:28 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:384
msgid ""
"Whether two cursors should be displayed for mixed left-to-right and right-to-"
"left text"
msgstr ""
"Indica se se deben mostrar dous cursores para o texto mesturado de esquerda "
"a dereita e de dereita a esquerda"
2011-08-16 11:31:28 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:391
msgid "Theme Name"
msgstr "Nome do tema"
2004-09-19 05:40:00 +00:00
2011-08-16 11:31:28 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:392
2011-02-05 23:26:36 +00:00
msgid "Name of theme to load"
msgstr "Nome do tema que cargar"
2004-09-19 05:40:00 +00:00
2011-08-16 11:31:28 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:400
msgid "Icon Theme Name"
msgstr "Nome do tema de iconas"
2011-08-16 11:31:28 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:401
msgid "Name of icon theme to use"
msgstr "Nome do tema de iconas para usar"
2011-08-16 11:31:28 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:409
msgid "Fallback Icon Theme Name"
msgstr "Nome do tema de iconas do modo de emerxencia"
2011-08-16 11:31:28 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:410
msgid "Name of a icon theme to fall back to"
msgstr "Nome do tema de iconas que usar cando o escollido falle"
2011-08-16 11:31:28 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:418
msgid "Key Theme Name"
msgstr "Nome do tema principal"
2011-08-16 11:31:28 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:419
2011-02-05 23:26:36 +00:00
msgid "Name of key theme to load"
msgstr "Nome do tema de teclas que cargar"
2011-08-16 11:31:28 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:427
msgid "Menu bar accelerator"
msgstr "Tecla rápida da barra de menús"
2011-08-16 11:31:28 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:428
msgid "Keybinding to activate the menu bar"
msgstr "Combinación de teclas para activar a barra de menús"
2011-08-16 11:31:28 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:436
msgid "Drag threshold"
msgstr "Límite de arrastre"
2011-08-16 11:31:28 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:437
msgid "Number of pixels the cursor can move before dragging"
msgstr "Número de píxeles que o cursor pode mover antes de iniciar o arrastre"
2011-08-16 11:31:28 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:445
msgid "Font Name"
msgstr "Nome do tipo de letra"
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
2011-08-16 11:31:28 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:446
msgid "Name of default font to use"
2011-01-27 02:26:00 +00:00
msgstr "Nome do tipo de letra predeterminado que usar"
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
2011-08-16 11:31:28 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:468
msgid "Icon Sizes"
msgstr "Tamaño das iconas"
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
2011-08-16 11:31:28 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:469
msgid "List of icon sizes (gtk-menu=16,16:gtk-button=20,20..."
2011-01-27 02:26:00 +00:00
msgstr "Lista dos tamaños das iconas (gtk-menu=16,16:gtk-button=20,20…"
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
2011-08-16 11:31:28 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:477
msgid "GTK Modules"
msgstr "Módulos GTK"
2004-10-28 03:28:56 +00:00
2011-08-16 11:31:28 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:478
msgid "List of currently active GTK modules"
msgstr "Lista dos módulos GTK actualmente activos"
2005-10-31 22:36:13 +00:00
2011-08-16 11:31:28 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:486
msgid "Xft Antialias"
msgstr "Suavizado Xft"
2011-08-16 11:31:28 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:487
msgid "Whether to antialias Xft fonts; 0=no, 1=yes, -1=default"
msgstr ""
2010-10-01 19:58:09 +00:00
"Indica se se suavizan os bordos dos tipo de letra Xft, 0=non, 1=si, "
2011-01-27 02:26:00 +00:00
"-1=predeterminado"
2011-08-16 11:31:28 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:496
msgid "Xft Hinting"
msgstr "Contorno Xft"
2005-10-31 22:36:13 +00:00
2011-08-16 11:31:28 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:497
msgid "Whether to hint Xft fonts; 0=no, 1=yes, -1=default"
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
msgstr ""
2010-10-01 19:58:09 +00:00
"Indica se se usa o contorno dos tipo de letra Xft; 0=non, 1=si, "
2011-01-27 02:26:00 +00:00
"-1=predeterminado"
2005-10-31 22:36:13 +00:00
2011-08-16 11:31:28 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:506
msgid "Xft Hint Style"
msgstr "Estilo de contorno Xft"
2011-08-16 11:31:28 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:507
2005-10-31 22:36:13 +00:00
msgid ""
"What degree of hinting to use; hintnone, hintslight, hintmedium, or hintfull"
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
msgstr ""
"Que grao de contorno hai que usar: ningunha, lixeira, media ou completa"
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
2011-08-16 11:31:28 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:516
msgid "Xft RGBA"
msgstr "Xft RGBA"
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
2011-08-16 11:31:28 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:517
msgid "Type of subpixel antialiasing; none, rgb, bgr, vrgb, vbgr"
msgstr "Tipo de suavizado de subpíxel: ningún, rgb, vrgb, vbgr"
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
2011-08-16 11:31:28 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:526
msgid "Xft DPI"
msgstr "PPP Xft"
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
2011-08-16 11:31:28 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:527
msgid "Resolution for Xft, in 1024 * dots/inch. -1 to use default value"
msgstr ""
"Resolución para Xft, en 1024 * puntos por polgada. -1 para usar o valor "
2011-01-27 02:26:00 +00:00
"predeterminado"
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
2011-08-16 11:31:28 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:536
msgid "Cursor theme name"
msgstr "Nome do tema de cursor"
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
2011-08-16 11:31:28 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:537
msgid "Name of the cursor theme to use, or NULL to use the default theme"
2011-01-27 02:26:00 +00:00
msgstr ""
"Nome do tema de cursor que usar ou NULL para usar o tema predeterminado"
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
2011-08-16 11:31:28 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:545
msgid "Cursor theme size"
msgstr "Tamaño do tema de cursor"
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
2011-08-16 11:31:28 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:546
msgid "Size to use for cursors, or 0 to use the default size"
msgstr ""
2011-01-27 02:26:00 +00:00
"Tamaño que se vai usar para os cursores ou 0 para usar o tamaño "
"predeterminado"
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
2011-08-16 11:31:28 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:555
msgid "Alternative button order"
msgstr "Orde alternativa dos botóns"
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
2011-08-16 11:31:28 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:556
msgid "Whether buttons in dialogs should use the alternative button order"
msgstr ""
"Indica se os botóns nos diálogos deben usar a orde alternativa de botóns"
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
2011-08-16 11:31:28 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:573
msgid "Alternative sort indicator direction"
msgstr "Dirección alternativa do indicador de orde"
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
2011-08-16 11:31:28 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:574
msgid ""
"Whether the direction of the sort indicators in list and tree views is "
"inverted compared to the default (where down means ascending)"
msgstr ""
"Indica se a dirección dos indicadores de orde na listaxe e a visualización "
2011-01-27 02:26:00 +00:00
"en árbore está invertida en comparación coa predeterminada (onde abaixo "
"significa ascendente)"
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
2011-08-16 11:31:28 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:582
msgid "Show the 'Input Methods' menu"
msgstr "Mostrar o menú Métodos de entrada"
2011-08-16 11:31:28 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:583
msgid ""
"Whether the context menus of entries and text views should offer to change "
"the input method"
msgstr ""
"Indica se os menús de contexto das entradas e as visualizacións de texto "
"deben ofrecer modificar o método de entrada"
2011-08-16 11:31:28 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:591
msgid "Show the 'Insert Unicode Control Character' menu"
msgstr "Mostrar o menú Inserir carácter de control Unicode"
2011-08-16 11:31:28 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:592
msgid ""
"Whether the context menus of entries and text views should offer to insert "
"control characters"
msgstr ""
"Indica se os menús de contexto das entradas e as visualizacións de texto "
"deben ofrecer inserir caracteres de control"
2011-08-16 11:31:28 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:600
msgid "Start timeout"
msgstr "Comezar o tempo de espera"
2011-08-16 11:31:28 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:601
msgid "Starting value for timeouts, when button is pressed"
msgstr "Valor de inicio para o tempo de espera, cando se prema o botón"
2011-08-16 11:31:28 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:610
msgid "Repeat timeout"
msgstr "Repetir o tempo de espera"
2011-08-16 11:31:28 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:611
msgid "Repeat value for timeouts, when button is pressed"
msgstr "Valor de repetición para o tempo de espera, cando o botón se prema"
2011-08-16 11:31:28 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:620
msgid "Expand timeout"
msgstr "Ampliar o tempo de espera"
2011-08-16 11:31:28 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:621
msgid "Expand value for timeouts, when a widget is expanding a new region"
msgstr ""
"Valor de ampliación para os tempos de espera, cando un widget está "
"expandindo unha nova rexión"
2011-08-16 11:31:28 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:656
msgid "Color scheme"
msgstr "Esquema de cor"
2011-08-16 11:31:28 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:657
msgid "A palette of named colors for use in themes"
msgstr "Unha paleta de cores con nome para usar nos temas"
2011-08-16 11:31:28 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:666
msgid "Enable Animations"
msgstr "Activar animacións"
2011-08-16 11:31:28 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:667
msgid "Whether to enable toolkit-wide animations."
msgstr "Indica se se activan as animacións para todo o toolkit."
2011-08-16 11:31:28 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:685
msgid "Enable Touchscreen Mode"
msgstr "Activar o modo de pantalla táctil"
2011-08-16 11:31:28 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:686
msgid "When TRUE, there are no motion notify events delivered on this screen"
msgstr ""
"Cando é TRUE, non se envían eventos de notificación de movemento a esta "
"pantalla"
2004-10-28 03:28:56 +00:00
2011-08-16 11:31:28 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:703
msgid "Tooltip timeout"
msgstr "Tempo de espera da indicación"
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
2011-08-16 11:31:28 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:704
msgid "Timeout before tooltip is shown"
msgstr "Tempo de espera antes de que se mostre a indicación"
2011-08-16 11:31:28 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:729
msgid "Tooltip browse timeout"
msgstr "Tempo de espera da indicación de navegación"
2011-08-16 11:31:28 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:730
msgid "Timeout before tooltip is shown when browse mode is enabled"
msgstr ""
"Tempo de espera antes de que se mostre a indicación cando o modo de "
"navegación está activo"
2011-08-16 11:31:28 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:751
msgid "Tooltip browse mode timeout"
msgstr "Tempo de espera da indicación en modo de navegación"
2011-08-16 11:31:28 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:752
msgid "Timeout after which browse mode is disabled"
msgstr "Tempo de espera despois do que se desactiva o modo de navegación"
2011-08-16 11:31:28 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:771
msgid "Keynav Cursor Only"
msgstr "Só cursor para navegar con teclas"
2011-08-16 11:31:28 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:772
msgid "When TRUE, there are only cursor keys available to navigate widgets"
msgstr ""
"Cando sexa TRUE, só hai teclas de cursor dispoñíbeis para navegar polos "
"widgets"
2011-08-16 11:31:28 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:789
msgid "Keynav Wrap Around"
msgstr "Dar a volta coa navegación con teclas"
2011-08-16 11:31:28 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:790
msgid "Whether to wrap around when keyboard-navigating widgets"
msgstr "Indica se se dá a volta cando se navegue cos widgets co teclado"
2011-08-16 11:31:28 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:810
msgid "Error Bell"
msgstr "Campá de erro"
2011-08-16 11:31:28 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:811
msgid "When TRUE, keyboard navigation and other errors will cause a beep"
msgstr ""
"Cando sexa TRUE, a navegación co teclado e outros erros emitirán un ton de "
"aviso"
2011-08-16 11:31:28 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:828
msgid "Color Hash"
msgstr "Hash da cor"
2011-08-16 11:31:28 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:829
msgid "A hash table representation of the color scheme."
msgstr "Unha representación en táboa hash do esquema de cor."
2011-08-16 11:31:28 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:837
msgid "Default file chooser backend"
2011-01-27 02:26:00 +00:00
msgstr "Backend predeterminado do selector de ficheiros"
2011-08-16 11:31:28 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:838
msgid "Name of the GtkFileChooser backend to use by default"
msgstr "Nome do backend do GtkFileChooser para usar por defecto"
2011-08-16 11:31:28 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:855
msgid "Default print backend"
2011-01-27 02:26:00 +00:00
msgstr "Backend de impresión predeterminado"
2011-08-16 11:31:28 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:856
msgid "List of the GtkPrintBackend backends to use by default"
msgstr "Lista dos backends do GtkPrintBackend para usar por defecto"
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
2011-08-16 11:31:28 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:879
msgid "Default command to run when displaying a print preview"
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
msgstr ""
2011-01-27 02:26:00 +00:00
"Orde predeterminada para executar ao mostrar unha visualización previa de "
"impresión"
2011-08-16 11:31:28 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:880
msgid "Command to run when displaying a print preview"
2009-11-13 10:27:54 +00:00
msgstr "Orde para executar ao mostrar unha visualización previa de impresión"
2011-08-16 11:31:28 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:896
msgid "Enable Mnemonics"
msgstr "Activar mnemónicos"
2011-08-16 11:31:28 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:897
msgid "Whether labels should have mnemonics"
msgstr "Indica se as etiquetas deben ser mnemónicas"
2011-08-16 11:31:28 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:913
msgid "Enable Accelerators"
msgstr "Activar teclas rápidas"
2011-08-16 11:31:28 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:914
msgid "Whether menu items should have accelerators"
msgstr "Indica se os elementos de menús deben ter teclas rápidas"
2011-08-16 11:31:28 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:931
msgid "Recent Files Limit"
msgstr "Límite de ficheiros recentes"
2011-08-16 11:31:28 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:932
msgid "Number of recently used files"
msgstr "Número de ficheiros usados recentemente"
2011-08-16 11:31:28 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:950
msgid "Default IM module"
2011-01-27 02:26:00 +00:00
msgstr "Módulo de MI predeterminado"
2011-08-16 11:31:28 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:951
msgid "Which IM module should be used by default"
msgstr "O módulo de MI que se debería usar por defecto"
2011-08-16 11:31:28 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:969
msgid "Recent Files Max Age"
msgstr "Antigüidade máxima dos ficheiros recentes"
2011-08-16 11:31:28 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:970
msgid "Maximum age of recently used files, in days"
msgstr "A antigüidade máxima dos ficheiros usados recentemente, en días"
2011-08-16 11:31:28 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:979
msgid "Fontconfig configuration timestamp"
msgstr "Marca temporal de configuración do Fontconfig"
2011-08-16 11:31:28 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:980
msgid "Timestamp of current fontconfig configuration"
msgstr "A marca temporal da configuración actual do Fontconfig"
2011-08-16 11:31:28 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:1002
msgid "Sound Theme Name"
msgstr "Nome do tema de son"
2011-08-16 11:31:28 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:1003
msgid "XDG sound theme name"
msgstr "Nome do tema de son XDG"
#. Translators: this means sounds that are played as feedback to user input
2011-08-16 11:31:28 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:1025
msgid "Audible Input Feedback"
msgstr "Retroacción audíbel á entrada"
2011-08-16 11:31:28 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:1026
msgid "Whether to play event sounds as feedback to user input"
msgstr ""
"Indica se hai que reproducir eventos de son como retroacción á entrada do "
"usuario"
2011-08-16 11:31:28 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:1047
msgid "Enable Event Sounds"
msgstr "Activar os eventos de son"
2011-08-16 11:31:28 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:1048
msgid "Whether to play any event sounds at all"
msgstr "Indica se hai que activar todos os eventos de son"
2011-08-16 11:31:28 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:1063
msgid "Enable Tooltips"
msgstr "Activar indicacións"
2011-08-16 11:31:28 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:1064
msgid "Whether tooltips should be shown on widgets"
msgstr "Indica se se deberían mostrar as indicacións nos widgets"
2011-08-16 11:31:28 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:1077
2009-11-30 22:23:48 +00:00
msgid "Toolbar style"
msgstr "Estilo da barra de ferramentas"
2011-08-16 11:31:28 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:1078
2009-11-30 22:23:48 +00:00
msgid ""
"Whether default toolbars have text only, text and icons, icons only, etc."
msgstr ""
2011-01-27 02:26:00 +00:00
"Indica se as barras de ferramentas predeterminadas teñen só texto, texto e "
2009-11-30 22:23:48 +00:00
"iconas, só iconas etc."
2011-08-16 11:31:28 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:1092
2009-11-30 22:23:48 +00:00
msgid "Toolbar Icon Size"
msgstr "Tamaño da icona da barra de ferramentas"
2011-08-16 11:31:28 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:1093
2009-11-30 22:23:48 +00:00
msgid "The size of icons in default toolbars."
2011-01-27 02:26:00 +00:00
msgstr "Tamaño das iconas das barras de ferramentas predeterminadas."
2009-11-30 22:23:48 +00:00
2011-08-16 11:31:28 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:1110
2009-12-22 03:24:59 +00:00
msgid "Auto Mnemonics"
2010-03-04 23:25:31 +00:00
msgstr "Mnemónicos automáticos"
2009-12-22 03:24:59 +00:00
2011-08-16 11:31:28 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:1111
2009-12-22 03:24:59 +00:00
msgid ""
"Whether mnemonics should be automatically shown and hidden when the user "
"presses the mnemonic activator."
msgstr ""
2010-03-04 23:25:31 +00:00
"Indica se os mnemónicos deberían mostrarse e agocharse automáticamente cando "
"o usuario prema un activador de mnemónico."
2009-12-22 03:24:59 +00:00
2011-08-16 11:31:28 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:1127
msgid "Visible Focus"
msgstr "Foco visíbel"
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:1128
msgid ""
"Whether 'focus rectangles' should be hidden until the user starts to use the "
"keyboard."
msgstr ""
"Indica se se deben agochar os «rectángulos de foco» até que o usuario comeza "
"a usar o teclado."
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:1154
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
msgid "Application prefers a dark theme"
2010-05-14 07:47:29 +00:00
msgstr "O aplicativo prefire un tema escuro"
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
2011-08-16 11:31:28 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:1155
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
msgid "Whether the application prefers to have a dark theme."
2010-05-14 07:47:29 +00:00
msgstr "Indica se o aplicativo prefire un tema escuro."
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
2011-08-16 11:31:28 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:1170
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
msgid "Show button images"
msgstr "Mostrar imaxes no botón"
2011-08-16 11:31:28 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:1171
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
msgid "Whether images should be shown on buttons"
msgstr "Indica se se deberían mostrar as imaxes nos botóns"
2011-08-16 11:31:28 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:1179 ../gtk/gtksettings.c:1273
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
msgid "Select on focus"
msgstr "Seleccionar ao enfocar"
2011-08-16 11:31:28 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:1180
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
msgid "Whether to select the contents of an entry when it is focused"
msgstr ""
"Indica se se deben seleccionar os contidos dunha entrada cando está enfocada"
2011-08-16 11:31:28 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:1197
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
msgid "Password Hint Timeout"
msgstr "Tempo de espera para a suxestión de contrasinal"
2011-08-16 11:31:28 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:1198
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
msgid "How long to show the last input character in hidden entries"
msgstr ""
"Durante canto tempo hai que mostrar o último carácter introducido nas "
"entradas ocultas"
2011-08-16 11:31:28 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:1207
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
msgid "Show menu images"
msgstr "Mostrar as imaxes de menú"
2011-08-16 11:31:28 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:1208
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
msgid "Whether images should be shown in menus"
msgstr "Indica se se deben mostrar ou non as imaxes nos menús"
2011-08-16 11:31:28 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:1216
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
msgid "Delay before drop down menus appear"
msgstr "Atraso antes de que os menús despregábeis aparezan"
2011-08-16 11:31:28 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:1217
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
msgid "Delay before the submenus of a menu bar appear"
msgstr "Atraso antes de que os submenús dunha barra de menú aparezan"
2011-08-16 11:31:28 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:1234
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
msgid "Scrolled Window Placement"
msgstr "Colocación da xanela con desprazamento"
2011-08-16 11:31:28 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:1235
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
msgid ""
"Where the contents of scrolled windows are located with respect to the "
"scrollbars, if not overridden by the scrolled window's own placement."
msgstr ""
"Onde se coloca o contido das xanelas con desprazamento con respecto ás "
"barras de desprazamento, se non toma precedencia a colocación da propia "
"xanela con desprazamento."
2011-08-16 11:31:28 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:1244
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
msgid "Can change accelerators"
msgstr "Pode cambiar as teclas rápidas"
2011-08-16 11:31:28 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:1245
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
msgid ""
"Whether menu accelerators can be changed by pressing a key over the menu item"
msgstr ""
"Indica se as teclas rápidas do menú poden ser cambiadas premendo unha tecla "
"sobre o elemento de menú"
2011-08-16 11:31:28 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:1253
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
msgid "Delay before submenus appear"
msgstr "Atraso antes de que os submenús aparezan"
2011-08-16 11:31:28 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:1254
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
msgid ""
"Minimum time the pointer must stay over a menu item before the submenu appear"
msgstr ""
"Tempo mínimo no que o punteiro debe permanecer sobre un elemento de menú "
"antes de que o submenú apareza"
2011-08-16 11:31:28 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:1263
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
msgid "Delay before hiding a submenu"
2011-01-27 02:26:00 +00:00
msgstr "Atraso antes de agochar un submenú"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
2011-08-16 11:31:28 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:1264
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
msgid ""
"The time before hiding a submenu when the pointer is moving towards the "
"submenu"
msgstr ""
"Tempo antes de ocultar un submenú cando o punteiro se estea a mover cara ao "
"submenú"
2011-08-16 11:31:28 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:1274
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
msgid "Whether to select the contents of a selectable label when it is focused"
msgstr ""
"Indica se se seleccionan os contidos dunha etiqueta seleccionábel cando está "
"enfocada"
2011-08-16 11:31:28 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:1282
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
msgid "Custom palette"
msgstr "Paleta personalizada"
2011-08-16 11:31:28 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:1283
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
msgid "Palette to use in the color selector"
msgstr "A paleta que se usará no selector de cores"
2011-08-16 11:31:28 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:1291
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
msgid "IM Preedit style"
msgstr "Estilo preedit IM"
2011-08-16 11:31:28 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:1292
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
msgid "How to draw the input method preedit string"
msgstr "Como debuxar a cadea do método de entrada de preedit"
2011-08-16 11:31:28 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:1301
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
msgid "IM Status style"
msgstr "Estilo do estado IM"
2011-08-16 11:31:28 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:1302
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
msgid "How to draw the input method statusbar"
msgstr "Como debuxar o método de entrada da barra de estado"
2011-06-21 11:58:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksizegroup.c:382 ../gtk/gtktreeselection.c:130
msgid "Mode"
msgstr "Modo"
2011-06-21 11:58:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksizegroup.c:383
msgid ""
"The directions in which the size group affects the requested sizes of its "
"component widgets"
msgstr ""
"As direccións en que o tamaño do grupo afecta aos tamaños solicitados dos "
"seus compoñentes widgets"
2011-06-21 11:58:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksizegroup.c:399
msgid "Ignore hidden"
msgstr "Ignorar ocultos"
2011-06-21 11:58:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksizegroup.c:400
msgid ""
"If TRUE, unmapped widgets are ignored when determining the size of the group"
msgstr ""
"Se é TRUE, os widgets non mapeados ignoraranse ao determinar o tamaño do "
"grupo"
2011-07-10 22:12:43 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkspinbutton.c:331
msgid "Climb Rate"
msgstr "Taxa de incremento"
2011-07-10 22:12:43 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkspinbutton.c:351
msgid "Snap to Ticks"
msgstr "Axustar aos pasos"
2011-07-10 22:12:43 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkspinbutton.c:352
msgid ""
"Whether erroneous values are automatically changed to a spin button's "
"nearest step increment"
msgstr ""
"Indica se os valores errados se cambian automaticamente polo incremento de "
"paso máis próximo dun botón de axuste"
2011-07-10 22:12:43 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkspinbutton.c:359
msgid "Numeric"
msgstr "Numérico"
2011-07-10 22:12:43 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkspinbutton.c:360
msgid "Whether non-numeric characters should be ignored"
msgstr "Indica se se deben ignorar os caracteres non numéricos"
2011-07-10 22:12:43 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkspinbutton.c:367
msgid "Wrap"
msgstr "Axustar"
2011-07-10 22:12:43 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkspinbutton.c:368
msgid "Whether a spin button should wrap upon reaching its limits"
msgstr ""
"Indica se un botón de axuste debe axustarse cara a arriba até alcanzar os "
"seus límites"
2011-07-10 22:12:43 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkspinbutton.c:375
msgid "Update Policy"
msgstr "Política de actualización"
2011-07-10 22:12:43 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkspinbutton.c:376
msgid ""
"Whether the spin button should update always, or only when the value is legal"
msgstr ""
"Indica se o botón de axuste debe actualizarse sempre ou só cando o valor é "
"correcto"
2011-07-10 22:12:43 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkspinbutton.c:385
msgid "Reads the current value, or sets a new value"
msgstr "Le o valor actual ou define un valor novo"
2011-07-10 22:12:43 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkspinbutton.c:394
msgid "Style of bevel around the spin button"
msgstr "Estilo de bisel ao redor do botón de axuste"
2011-07-10 22:12:43 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkspinner.c:116
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
msgid "Whether the spinner is active"
2010-03-04 23:25:31 +00:00
msgstr "Indica se o spinner é activábel"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
2011-07-10 22:12:43 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkstatusbar.c:183
msgid "Style of bevel around the statusbar text"
msgstr "Estilo do bisel ao redor do texto da barra de estado"
2011-04-30 21:52:35 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkstatusicon.c:293
msgid "The size of the icon"
msgstr "O tamaño da icona"
2011-04-30 21:52:35 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkstatusicon.c:303
msgid "The screen where this status icon will be displayed"
msgstr "A pantalla onde se mostrará esta icona de estado"
2011-04-30 21:52:35 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkstatusicon.c:311
2010-08-11 16:19:34 +00:00
msgid "Whether the status icon is visible"
msgstr "Indica se o estado da icona é visíbel ou non"
2011-04-30 21:52:35 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkstatusicon.c:327
2010-08-11 16:19:34 +00:00
msgid "Whether the status icon is embedded"
msgstr "Indica se a icona de estado está incrustada"
2011-04-30 21:52:35 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkstatusicon.c:343 ../gtk/gtktrayicon-x11.c:129
msgid "The orientation of the tray"
msgstr "A orientación da bandexa"
2011-08-16 11:31:28 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkstatusicon.c:370 ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:1091
msgid "Has tooltip"
msgstr "Ten indicación"
2011-04-30 21:52:35 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkstatusicon.c:371
msgid "Whether this tray icon has a tooltip"
msgstr "Indica se esta icona de bandexa ten unha indicación"
2011-08-16 11:31:28 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkstatusicon.c:396 ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:1112
msgid "Tooltip Text"
msgstr "Texto da indicación"
2011-08-16 11:31:28 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkstatusicon.c:397 ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:1113 ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:1134
msgid "The contents of the tooltip for this widget"
msgstr "Os contidos da indicación para este widget"
2011-08-16 11:31:28 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkstatusicon.c:420 ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:1133
msgid "Tooltip markup"
msgstr "Marcado das indicacións"
2011-04-30 21:52:35 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkstatusicon.c:421
msgid "The contents of the tooltip for this tray icon"
msgstr "O contido da indicación para esta icona de bandexa"
2011-04-30 21:52:35 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkstatusicon.c:439
2009-07-07 05:05:29 +00:00
msgid "The title of this tray icon"
2009-08-10 15:19:30 +00:00
msgstr "O título desta icona na barra de tarefas"
2009-07-07 05:05:29 +00:00
2011-02-05 23:26:36 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkstyle.c:471
2010-12-05 13:57:08 +00:00
msgid "Style context"
msgstr "Contexto do estilo"
2011-02-05 23:26:36 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkstyle.c:472
2010-12-05 13:57:08 +00:00
msgid "GtkStyleContext to get style from"
msgstr "GtkStyleContext de onde obter o estilo"
2011-08-16 11:31:28 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkstylecontext.c:433
2011-01-06 23:11:51 +00:00
msgid "The associated GdkScreen"
msgstr "O GdkScreen asociado"
2011-08-16 11:31:28 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkstylecontext.c:439
2011-01-06 23:11:51 +00:00
msgid "Direction"
msgstr "Enderezo"
2011-08-16 11:31:28 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkstylecontext.c:440 ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:269
2011-01-06 23:11:51 +00:00
msgid "Text direction"
msgstr "Dirección do texto"
2011-08-16 11:31:28 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkswitch.c:784
2010-12-05 13:57:08 +00:00
msgid "Whether the switch is on or off"
msgstr "Indica se o interruptor está acendido ou apagado"
2011-08-16 11:31:28 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkswitch.c:818
2010-12-05 13:57:08 +00:00
msgid "The minimum width of the handle"
msgstr "O ancho mínimo do tirador"
2011-04-30 21:52:35 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktable.c:191
msgid "Rows"
msgstr "Filas"
2011-04-30 21:52:35 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktable.c:192
msgid "The number of rows in the table"
msgstr "O número de filas na táboa"
2011-04-30 21:52:35 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktable.c:200
msgid "Columns"
msgstr "Columnas"
2011-04-30 21:52:35 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktable.c:201
msgid "The number of columns in the table"
msgstr "O número de columnas na táboa"
2011-04-30 21:52:35 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktable.c:228
msgid "If TRUE, the table cells are all the same width/height"
msgstr "Se é TRUE, as celas da táboa teñen todas a mesma largura ou altura"
2011-04-30 21:52:35 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktable.c:242
msgid "Right attachment"
msgstr "Anexo á dereita"
2011-04-30 21:52:35 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktable.c:243
msgid "The column number to attach the right side of a child widget to"
msgstr "O número de columnas para anexar ao lado dereito dun widget fillo"
2011-04-30 21:52:35 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktable.c:250
msgid "The row number to attach the top of a child widget to"
msgstr "O número de filas para anexar encima do widget fillo"
2011-04-30 21:52:35 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktable.c:256
msgid "Bottom attachment"
msgstr "Anexo inferior"
2011-04-30 21:52:35 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktable.c:263
msgid "Horizontal options"
msgstr "Opcións horizontais"
2011-04-30 21:52:35 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktable.c:264
msgid "Options specifying the horizontal behaviour of the child"
msgstr "Opcións que especifican o comportamento horizontal do fillo"
2011-04-30 21:52:35 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktable.c:270
msgid "Vertical options"
msgstr "Opcións verticais"
2011-04-30 21:52:35 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktable.c:271
msgid "Options specifying the vertical behaviour of the child"
msgstr "Opcións que especifican o comportamento vertical do fillo"
2011-04-30 21:52:35 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktable.c:277
msgid "Horizontal padding"
msgstr "Recheo horizontal"
2011-04-30 21:52:35 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktable.c:278
msgid ""
"Extra space to put between the child and its left and right neighbors, in "
"pixels"
msgstr ""
"Espazo adicional en píxeles para colocar entre o fillo e os seus veciños á "
"esquerda e á dereita"
2011-04-30 21:52:35 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktable.c:284
msgid "Vertical padding"
msgstr "Recheo vertical"
2011-04-30 21:52:35 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktable.c:285
msgid ""
"Extra space to put between the child and its upper and lower neighbors, in "
"pixels"
msgstr ""
"Espazo adicional en píxeles para colocar entre o fillo e os seus veciños "
"superiores e inferiores"
2011-04-30 21:52:35 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktextbuffer.c:203
msgid "Tag Table"
msgstr "Táboa de etiquetas"
2006-05-17 00:33:57 +00:00
2011-04-30 21:52:35 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktextbuffer.c:204
msgid "Text Tag Table"
msgstr "Táboa de etiquetas de texto"
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
2011-04-30 21:52:35 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktextbuffer.c:222
msgid "Current text of the buffer"
msgstr "Texto actual do búfer"
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
2011-04-30 21:52:35 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktextbuffer.c:236
msgid "Has selection"
msgstr "Está selecccionado"
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
2011-04-30 21:52:35 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktextbuffer.c:237
msgid "Whether the buffer has some text currently selected"
msgstr "Indica se o búfer ten actualmente algún texto seleccionado"
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
2011-04-30 21:52:35 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktextbuffer.c:253
msgid "Cursor position"
msgstr "Posición do cursor"
2011-04-30 21:52:35 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktextbuffer.c:254
msgid ""
"The position of the insert mark (as offset from the beginning of the buffer)"
msgstr ""
"A posición da marca de inserción (como desprazamento desde o principio do "
"búfer)"
2011-04-30 21:52:35 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktextbuffer.c:269
msgid "Copy target list"
msgstr "Lista de destinos da copia"
2011-04-30 21:52:35 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktextbuffer.c:270
msgid ""
"The list of targets this buffer supports for clipboard copying and DND source"
msgstr ""
2009-11-13 10:27:54 +00:00
"A lista de destinos que admite este búfer para copiar desde o portapapeis e "
"a orixe do DND"
2011-04-30 21:52:35 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktextbuffer.c:285
msgid "Paste target list"
2009-11-13 10:27:54 +00:00
msgstr "Lista de destinos para pegar"
2011-04-30 21:52:35 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktextbuffer.c:286
msgid ""
"The list of targets this buffer supports for clipboard pasting and DND "
"destination"
msgstr ""
2010-03-04 23:25:31 +00:00
"A lista de destinos que admite este búfer para pegar desde o portapapeis e o "
2009-11-13 10:27:54 +00:00
"destino do DND"
2011-04-30 21:52:35 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktextmark.c:127
msgid "Mark name"
msgstr "Nome de marca"
2011-04-30 21:52:35 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktextmark.c:134
msgid "Left gravity"
msgstr "Gravidade esquerda"
2011-04-30 21:52:35 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktextmark.c:135
msgid "Whether the mark has left gravity"
msgstr "Indica se esta marca ten gravidade esquerda"
2011-05-09 11:08:53 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:189
msgid "Tag name"
msgstr "Nome de etiqueta"
2011-05-09 11:08:53 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:190
msgid "Name used to refer to the text tag. NULL for anonymous tags"
msgstr ""
"Nome usado para referirse á etiqueta do texto. NULL para etiquetas anónimas"
2011-05-09 11:08:53 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:222
2011-08-16 11:31:28 +00:00
msgid "Background RGBA"
msgstr "Fondo RGBA"
2011-05-09 11:08:53 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:230
msgid "Background full height"
msgstr "Altura completa do fondo"
2011-05-09 11:08:53 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:231
msgid ""
"Whether the background color fills the entire line height or only the height "
"of the tagged characters"
msgstr ""
"Indica se a cor de fondo enche a altura completa da liña ou só a altura dos "
"caracteres etiquetados"
2011-05-09 11:08:53 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:261
2011-08-16 11:31:28 +00:00
msgid "Foreground RGBA"
msgstr "Primeiro plano RGBA"
2011-05-09 11:08:53 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:270
msgid "Text direction, e.g. right-to-left or left-to-right"
msgstr ""
"Dirección do texto, por exemplo de dereita a esquerda ou de esquerda a "
"dereita"
2011-05-09 11:08:53 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:319
msgid "Font style as a PangoStyle, e.g. PANGO_STYLE_ITALIC"
msgstr ""
2009-11-13 10:27:54 +00:00
"Estilo do tipo de letra coma un PangoStyle, por exemplo PANGO_STYLE_ITALIC"
2011-05-09 11:08:53 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:328
msgid "Font variant as a PangoVariant, e.g. PANGO_VARIANT_SMALL_CAPS"
msgstr ""
2009-11-13 10:27:54 +00:00
"Variante do tipo de letra coma unha PangoVariant, por exemplo "
"PANGO_VARIANT_SMALL_CAPS"
2011-05-09 11:08:53 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:337
msgid ""
"Font weight as an integer, see predefined values in PangoWeight; for "
"example, PANGO_WEIGHT_BOLD"
msgstr ""
2011-01-27 02:26:00 +00:00
"Grosor do tipo de letra como un enteiro. Vexa os valores predeterminadas en "
"PangoWeight; por exemplo PANGO_WEIGHT_BOLD"
2011-05-09 11:08:53 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:348
msgid "Font stretch as a PangoStretch, e.g. PANGO_STRETCH_CONDENSED"
msgstr ""
2009-11-13 10:27:54 +00:00
"Tipo de letra axustada coma un PangoStretch, por exemplo "
"PANGO_STRETCH_CONDENSED"
2011-05-09 11:08:53 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:357
msgid "Font size in Pango units"
msgstr "Tamaño do tipo de letra en unidades Pango"
2011-05-09 11:08:53 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:367
msgid ""
"Font size as a scale factor relative to the default font size. This properly "
"adapts to theme changes etc. so is recommended. Pango predefines some scales "
"such as PANGO_SCALE_X_LARGE"
msgstr ""
2009-11-13 10:27:54 +00:00
"Tamaño do tipo de letra coma un factor de escala relativo ao tamaño "
2011-01-27 02:26:00 +00:00
"predeterminado do tipo de letra. Esta propiedade adáptase aos cambios de "
"tema etc., polo que é recomendábel. O Pango define previamente algunhas "
"escalas tales como PANGO_SCALE_X_LARGE"
2011-07-10 22:12:43 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:387 ../gtk/gtktextview.c:704
msgid "Left, right, or center justification"
msgstr "Xustificación á esquerda, á dereita ou ao centro"
2011-05-09 11:08:53 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:406
msgid ""
"The language this text is in, as an ISO code. Pango can use this as a hint "
"when rendering the text. If not set, an appropriate default will be used."
msgstr ""
"O idioma no que está este texto, como un código ISO. O Pango pode usar isto "
"como unha axuda ao renderizar o texto. Se non se estabelece este parámetro "
2011-01-27 02:26:00 +00:00
"usarase como predeterminado o máis apropiado."
2011-05-09 11:08:53 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:413
msgid "Left margin"
msgstr "Marxe esquerda"
2011-07-10 22:12:43 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:414 ../gtk/gtktextview.c:713
msgid "Width of the left margin in pixels"
msgstr "Largura da marxe esquerda en píxeles"
2011-05-09 11:08:53 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:423
msgid "Right margin"
msgstr "Marxe dereita"
2011-07-10 22:12:43 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:424 ../gtk/gtktextview.c:723
msgid "Width of the right margin in pixels"
msgstr "Largura da marxe dereita en píxeles"
2011-07-10 22:12:43 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:434 ../gtk/gtktextview.c:732
msgid "Indent"
msgstr "Sangría"
2011-07-10 22:12:43 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:435 ../gtk/gtktextview.c:733
msgid "Amount to indent the paragraph, in pixels"
msgstr "Cantidade en píxeles para a sangría de parágrafo"
2011-05-09 11:08:53 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:446
msgid ""
"Offset of text above the baseline (below the baseline if rise is negative) "
"in Pango units"
msgstr ""
"Desprazamento do texto sobre a liña base (por debaixo da liña base se a "
"elevación é negativa) en unidades Pango"
2011-05-09 11:08:53 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:455
msgid "Pixels above lines"
msgstr "Píxeles encima das liñas"
2011-07-10 22:12:43 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:456 ../gtk/gtktextview.c:657
msgid "Pixels of blank space above paragraphs"
msgstr "Píxeles de espazo en branco encima do parágrafos"
2011-05-09 11:08:53 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:465
msgid "Pixels below lines"
msgstr "Píxeles debaixo das liñas"
2011-07-10 22:12:43 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:466 ../gtk/gtktextview.c:667
msgid "Pixels of blank space below paragraphs"
msgstr "Píxeles de espazo en branco debaixo dos parágrafos"
2011-05-09 11:08:53 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:475
msgid "Pixels inside wrap"
msgstr "Píxeles dentro do axuste"
2011-07-10 22:12:43 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:476 ../gtk/gtktextview.c:677
msgid "Pixels of blank space between wrapped lines in a paragraph"
msgstr "Píxeles de espazo en branco entre as liñas axustadas nun parágrafo"
2011-07-10 22:12:43 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:503 ../gtk/gtktextview.c:695
msgid ""
"Whether to wrap lines never, at word boundaries, or at character boundaries"
msgstr ""
"Indica se nunca se axustan as liñas aos límites de palabra ou aos límites de "
"carácter"
2011-07-10 22:12:43 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:512 ../gtk/gtktextview.c:742
msgid "Tabs"
2011-01-27 02:26:00 +00:00
msgstr "Lapelas"
2011-07-10 22:12:43 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:513 ../gtk/gtktextview.c:743
msgid "Custom tabs for this text"
2011-01-27 02:26:00 +00:00
msgstr "Lapelas personalizadas para este texto"
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
2011-05-09 11:08:53 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:531
msgid "Invisible"
msgstr "Invisíbel"
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
2011-05-09 11:08:53 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:532
msgid "Whether this text is hidden."
msgstr "Indica se este texto está oculto."
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
2011-05-09 11:08:53 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:546
msgid "Paragraph background color name"
msgstr "Nome da cor de fondo do parágrafo"
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
2011-05-09 11:08:53 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:547
msgid "Paragraph background color as a string"
msgstr "Nome da cor de fondo do parágrafo como unha cadea"
2011-05-09 11:08:53 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:561
msgid "Paragraph background color"
msgstr "Cor de fondo do parágrafo"
2011-05-09 11:08:53 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:562
msgid "Paragraph background color as a GdkColor"
msgstr "Cor de fondo do parágrafo como un GdkColor"
#: ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:576
2011-08-16 11:31:28 +00:00
msgid "Paragraph background RGBA"
msgstr "Fondo do parágrafo RGBA"
2011-05-09 11:08:53 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:577
2011-08-16 11:31:28 +00:00
msgid "Paragraph background RGBA as a GdkRGBA"
2011-05-09 11:08:53 +00:00
msgstr "Color de fondo do parágrafo como un GdkRGBA"
2011-05-09 11:08:53 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:595
msgid "Margin Accumulates"
msgstr "Acumulación de marxes"
2011-05-09 11:08:53 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:596
msgid "Whether left and right margins accumulate."
msgstr "Indica se as marxes esquerda e dereita son acumulativas."
2011-05-09 11:08:53 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:609
msgid "Background full height set"
msgstr "Definición da altura completa do fondo"
2011-05-09 11:08:53 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:610
msgid "Whether this tag affects background height"
msgstr "Indica se esta marca afecta á altura do fondo"
2011-05-09 11:08:53 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:649
msgid "Justification set"
msgstr "Definición da xustificación"
2011-05-09 11:08:53 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:650
msgid "Whether this tag affects paragraph justification"
msgstr "Indica se esta marca afecta á xustificación do parágrafo"
2011-05-09 11:08:53 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:657
msgid "Left margin set"
msgstr "Definición da marxe esquerda"
2011-05-09 11:08:53 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:658
msgid "Whether this tag affects the left margin"
msgstr "Indica se esta marca afecta á marxe esquerda"
2011-05-09 11:08:53 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:661
msgid "Indent set"
msgstr "Definición da sangría"
2011-05-09 11:08:53 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:662
msgid "Whether this tag affects indentation"
msgstr "Indica se esta marca afecta á sangría"
2011-05-09 11:08:53 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:669
msgid "Pixels above lines set"
msgstr "Definición dos píxeles sobre o conxunto de liñas"
2011-05-09 11:08:53 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:670 ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:674
msgid "Whether this tag affects the number of pixels above lines"
msgstr "Indica se esta marca afecta a cantidade de píxeles sobre as liñas"
2011-05-09 11:08:53 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:673
msgid "Pixels below lines set"
msgstr "Definición dos píxeles debaixo do conxunto de liñas"
2011-05-09 11:08:53 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:677
msgid "Pixels inside wrap set"
msgstr "Definición dos píxeles dentro do axuste"
2011-05-09 11:08:53 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:678
msgid "Whether this tag affects the number of pixels between wrapped lines"
msgstr ""
"Indica se esta marca afecta a cantidade de píxeles entre as liñas axustadas"
2011-05-09 11:08:53 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:685
msgid "Right margin set"
msgstr "Definición da marxe dereita"
2011-05-09 11:08:53 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:686
msgid "Whether this tag affects the right margin"
msgstr "Indica se esta marca afecta á marxe dereita"
2011-05-09 11:08:53 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:693
msgid "Wrap mode set"
msgstr "Definición do modo de axuste"
2011-05-09 11:08:53 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:694
msgid "Whether this tag affects line wrap mode"
msgstr "Indica se esta marca afecta ao modo de axuste de liña"
2011-05-09 11:08:53 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:697
msgid "Tabs set"
2011-01-27 02:26:00 +00:00
msgstr "Definición das lapelas"
2011-05-09 11:08:53 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:698
msgid "Whether this tag affects tabs"
2011-01-27 02:26:00 +00:00
msgstr "Indica se esta marca afecta ás lapelas"
2011-05-09 11:08:53 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:701
msgid "Invisible set"
msgstr "Definición de invisíbel"
2011-05-09 11:08:53 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:702
msgid "Whether this tag affects text visibility"
msgstr "Indica se esta marca afecta á visibilidade do texto"
2011-05-09 11:08:53 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:705
msgid "Paragraph background set"
msgstr "Definición do fondo de parágrafo"
2011-05-09 11:08:53 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:706
msgid "Whether this tag affects the paragraph background color"
msgstr "Indica se esta etiqueta afecta á cor de fondo de parágrafo"
2011-07-10 22:12:43 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktextview.c:656
msgid "Pixels Above Lines"
msgstr "Píxeles encima das liñas"
2011-07-10 22:12:43 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktextview.c:666
msgid "Pixels Below Lines"
msgstr "Píxeles debaixo das liñas"
2011-07-10 22:12:43 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktextview.c:676
msgid "Pixels Inside Wrap"
msgstr "Píxeles dentro do axuste"
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
2011-07-10 22:12:43 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktextview.c:694
msgid "Wrap Mode"
msgstr "Modo de axuste"
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
2011-07-10 22:12:43 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktextview.c:712
msgid "Left Margin"
msgstr "Marxe esquerda"
2011-07-10 22:12:43 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktextview.c:722
msgid "Right Margin"
msgstr "Marxe dereita"
2011-07-10 22:12:43 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktextview.c:750
msgid "Cursor Visible"
msgstr "Cursor visíbel"
2011-07-10 22:12:43 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktextview.c:751
msgid "If the insertion cursor is shown"
msgstr "Se se mostra o cursor de inserción"
2011-07-10 22:12:43 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktextview.c:758
msgid "Buffer"
msgstr "Búfer"
2011-07-10 22:12:43 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktextview.c:759
msgid "The buffer which is displayed"
msgstr "O búfer que se mostra"
2011-07-10 22:12:43 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktextview.c:767
msgid "Whether entered text overwrites existing contents"
msgstr "Indica se o texto introducido sobrescribe os contidos existentes"
2011-07-10 22:12:43 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktextview.c:774
msgid "Accepts tab"
msgstr "Acepta tabulación"
2011-07-10 22:12:43 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktextview.c:775
msgid "Whether Tab will result in a tab character being entered"
msgstr "Indica se o tabulador resultará nun carácter de tabulación introducido"
2011-07-10 22:12:43 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktextview.c:810
msgid "Error underline color"
msgstr "Cor de subliñado de erros"
2011-07-10 22:12:43 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktextview.c:811
msgid "Color with which to draw error-indication underlines"
msgstr "Cor coa que debuxar o subliñado de indicación de erros"
2011-08-16 11:31:28 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkthemingengine.c:257
2011-01-06 23:11:51 +00:00
msgid "Theming engine name"
msgstr "Nome do motor de temas"
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktoggleaction.c:118
msgid "Create the same proxies as a radio action"
msgstr "Crear os mesmos proxies como unha acción radio"
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktoggleaction.c:119
msgid "Whether the proxies for this action look like radio action proxies"
msgstr ""
"Indica se a aparencia dos proxies para esta acción é como a dun proxy de "
"acción radio"
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktoggleaction.c:134
2010-08-11 16:19:34 +00:00
msgid "Whether the toggle action should be active"
msgstr "Se a acción de conmutación debe estar activa ou non"
2011-07-10 22:12:43 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktogglebutton.c:179 ../gtk/gtktoggletoolbutton.c:128
2010-08-11 16:19:34 +00:00
msgid "If the toggle button should be pressed in"
msgstr "Se o botón de estado debe estar premido ou non"
2011-07-10 22:12:43 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktogglebutton.c:187
msgid "If the toggle button is in an \"in between\" state"
msgstr "Se o botón de estado está en estado \"intermedio\""
2011-07-10 22:12:43 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktogglebutton.c:194
msgid "Draw Indicator"
msgstr "Debuxar o indicador"
2011-07-10 22:12:43 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktogglebutton.c:195
msgid "If the toggle part of the button is displayed"
msgstr "Se se mostra a parte de activación do botón"
#: ../gtk/gtktoolbar.c:502 ../gtk/gtktoolpalette.c:1038
msgid "Toolbar Style"
msgstr "Estilo da barra de ferramentas"
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktoolbar.c:503
msgid "How to draw the toolbar"
msgstr "Como debuxar a barra de ferramentas"
#: ../gtk/gtktoolbar.c:510
msgid "Show Arrow"
msgstr "Mostrar frecha"
#: ../gtk/gtktoolbar.c:511
msgid "If an arrow should be shown if the toolbar doesn't fit"
msgstr "Se debe mostrar unha frecha se a barra de ferramentas non encaixa"
#: ../gtk/gtktoolbar.c:532
msgid "Size of icons in this toolbar"
msgstr "Tamaño das iconas nesta barra de ferramentas"
#: ../gtk/gtktoolbar.c:547 ../gtk/gtktoolpalette.c:1024
msgid "Icon size set"
msgstr "Definición do tamaño da icona"
#: ../gtk/gtktoolbar.c:548 ../gtk/gtktoolpalette.c:1025
msgid "Whether the icon-size property has been set"
msgstr "Indica se se estabeleceu a propiedade de tamaño da icona"
#: ../gtk/gtktoolbar.c:557
msgid "Whether the item should receive extra space when the toolbar grows"
msgstr ""
"Indica se o elemento debe recibir espazo adicional cando a barra de "
"ferramentas medre"
#: ../gtk/gtktoolbar.c:565 ../gtk/gtktoolitemgroup.c:1646
msgid "Whether the item should be the same size as other homogeneous items"
msgstr ""
"Indica se o elemento debería ser do mesmo tamaño que outros elementos "
"homoxéneos"
2005-10-19 23:09:08 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktoolbar.c:572
msgid "Spacer size"
msgstr "Tamaño do espazador"
2005-10-19 23:09:08 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktoolbar.c:573
msgid "Size of spacers"
msgstr "Tamaño dos espazadores"
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktoolbar.c:582
msgid "Amount of border space between the toolbar shadow and the buttons"
msgstr ""
"Cantidade de espazo do bordo entre a sombra da barra de ferramentas e os "
"botóns"
2005-10-19 23:09:08 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktoolbar.c:590
msgid "Maximum child expand"
msgstr "Expansión de fillos máxima"
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktoolbar.c:591
msgid "Maximum amount of space an expandable item will be given"
msgstr "Cantidade máxima de espazo que se lle dará a un elemento expandíbel"
#: ../gtk/gtktoolbar.c:599
msgid "Space style"
msgstr "Estilo do espazo"
#: ../gtk/gtktoolbar.c:600
msgid "Whether spacers are vertical lines or just blank"
msgstr "Indica se os espazadores son liñas verticais ou só espazos en branco"
#: ../gtk/gtktoolbar.c:607
msgid "Button relief"
msgstr "Relevo do botón"
#: ../gtk/gtktoolbar.c:608
msgid "Type of bevel around toolbar buttons"
msgstr "Tipo de bisel ao redor dos botóns da barra de ferramentas"
2006-05-17 00:33:57 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktoolbar.c:615
msgid "Style of bevel around the toolbar"
msgstr "Estilo do bisel ao redor da barra de ferramentas"
2006-05-17 00:33:57 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktoolbutton.c:232
msgid "Text to show in the item."
msgstr "Texto para mostrar no elemento."
#: ../gtk/gtktoolbutton.c:239
msgid ""
"If set, an underline in the label property indicates that the next character "
"should be used for the mnemonic accelerator key in the overflow menu"
msgstr ""
"Se se estabelece, un subliñado na etiqueta da propiedade indica que o "
"seguinte carácter debería usarse para a tecla rápida mnemónica no menú de "
"desbordamento"
#: ../gtk/gtktoolbutton.c:246
msgid "Widget to use as the item label"
msgstr "Widget que usar como etiqueta do elemento"
#: ../gtk/gtktoolbutton.c:252
msgid "Stock Id"
msgstr "ID de inventario"
#: ../gtk/gtktoolbutton.c:253
msgid "The stock icon displayed on the item"
msgstr "A icona de inventario mostrada no elemento"
#: ../gtk/gtktoolbutton.c:269
msgid "Icon name"
msgstr "Nome da icona"
#: ../gtk/gtktoolbutton.c:270
msgid "The name of the themed icon displayed on the item"
msgstr "O nome da icona de tema mostrada no elemento"
#: ../gtk/gtktoolbutton.c:276
msgid "Icon widget"
msgstr "Icona do widget"
#: ../gtk/gtktoolbutton.c:277
msgid "Icon widget to display in the item"
msgstr "Icona do widget para mostrar no elemento"
#: ../gtk/gtktoolbutton.c:290
msgid "Icon spacing"
msgstr "Espazamento da icona"
#: ../gtk/gtktoolbutton.c:291
msgid "Spacing in pixels between the icon and label"
msgstr "Espazamento en píxeles entre a icona e a etiqueta"
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
2011-04-30 21:52:35 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktoolitem.c:209
msgid ""
"Whether the toolbar item is considered important. When TRUE, toolbar buttons "
"show text in GTK_TOOLBAR_BOTH_HORIZ mode"
msgstr ""
"Indica se o elemento da barra de ferramentas se considera importante. Cando "
"é TRUE, os botóns da barra de ferramentas mostran o texto no modo "
"GTK_TOOLBAR_BOTH_HORIZ"
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
2011-06-21 11:58:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktoolitemgroup.c:1593
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
msgid "The human-readable title of this item group"
2010-03-04 23:25:31 +00:00
msgstr "Unha descrición lexíbel por humanos do elemento de grupo"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
2011-06-21 11:58:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktoolitemgroup.c:1600
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
msgid "A widget to display in place of the usual label"
2010-03-04 23:25:31 +00:00
msgstr "Un widget para mostrar no lugar da etiqueta habitual"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
2011-06-21 11:58:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktoolitemgroup.c:1606
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
msgid "Collapsed"
2010-03-04 23:25:31 +00:00
msgstr "Recollido"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
2011-06-21 11:58:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktoolitemgroup.c:1607
2010-10-01 19:58:09 +00:00
msgid "Whether the group has been collapsed and items are hidden"
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
msgstr "Indica se grupo foi contraído e os elementos agochados"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
2011-06-21 11:58:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktoolitemgroup.c:1613
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
msgid "ellipsize"
2010-03-04 23:25:31 +00:00
msgstr "Elipse"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
2011-06-21 11:58:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktoolitemgroup.c:1614
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
msgid "Ellipsize for item group headers"
2010-03-04 23:25:31 +00:00
msgstr "Elipse para as cabeceiras de grupo do elemento"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
2011-06-21 11:58:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktoolitemgroup.c:1620
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
msgid "Header Relief"
2010-03-04 23:25:31 +00:00
msgstr "Relieve da cabeceira"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
2011-06-21 11:58:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktoolitemgroup.c:1621
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
msgid "Relief of the group header button"
2010-03-04 23:25:31 +00:00
msgstr "Relieve do botón de cabeceira de grupo"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
2011-06-21 11:58:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktoolitemgroup.c:1636
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
msgid "Header Spacing"
2010-03-04 23:25:31 +00:00
msgstr "Espazamento da cabeceira"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
2011-06-21 11:58:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktoolitemgroup.c:1637
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
msgid "Spacing between expander arrow and caption"
2010-03-04 23:25:31 +00:00
msgstr "Espazamento entre a frecha expansora e o título"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
2011-06-21 11:58:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktoolitemgroup.c:1653
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
msgid "Whether the item should receive extra space when the group grows"
2010-03-04 23:25:31 +00:00
msgstr "Indica se o elemento debe recibir espazo adicional cando o grupo medre"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
2011-06-21 11:58:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktoolitemgroup.c:1660
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
msgid "Whether the item should fill the available space"
2010-03-04 23:25:31 +00:00
msgstr "Indica se o elemento deben encher o espazo dispoñíbel"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
2011-06-21 11:58:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktoolitemgroup.c:1666
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
msgid "New Row"
2010-03-04 23:25:31 +00:00
msgstr "Nova fila"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
2011-06-21 11:58:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktoolitemgroup.c:1667
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
msgid "Whether the item should start a new row"
2010-03-04 23:25:31 +00:00
msgstr "Indica se os elementos deberían mostrarse nunha nova fila"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
2011-06-21 11:58:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktoolitemgroup.c:1674
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
msgid "Position of the item within this group"
2010-03-04 23:25:31 +00:00
msgstr "Posición do elemento neste grupo"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
2011-07-10 22:12:43 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktoolpalette.c:1009
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
msgid "Size of icons in this tool palette"
2010-03-04 23:25:31 +00:00
msgstr "Tamaño das iconas nesta paleta de ferramentas"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
2011-07-10 22:12:43 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktoolpalette.c:1039
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
msgid "Style of items in the tool palette"
2010-03-04 23:25:31 +00:00
msgstr "Estilo dos elementos na paleta de ferramentas"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
2011-07-10 22:12:43 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktoolpalette.c:1055
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
msgid "Exclusive"
2010-03-04 23:25:31 +00:00
msgstr "Exclusivo"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
2011-07-10 22:12:43 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktoolpalette.c:1056
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
msgid "Whether the item group should be the only expanded at a given time"
2010-03-04 23:25:31 +00:00
msgstr ""
"Indica se o grupo de elementos deberían expandirse só nun momento determinado"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
2011-07-10 22:12:43 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktoolpalette.c:1071
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
msgid ""
"Whether the item group should receive extra space when the palette grows"
2010-03-04 23:25:31 +00:00
msgstr ""
"Indica se o grupo de elementos debe recibir espazo adicional cando a paleta "
"medre"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
2011-04-30 21:52:35 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktrayicon-x11.c:138
2010-05-01 22:10:08 +00:00
msgid "Foreground color for symbolic icons"
msgstr "Cor de primeiro plano para as iconas simbólicas"
2011-04-30 21:52:35 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktrayicon-x11.c:145
2010-05-01 22:10:08 +00:00
msgid "Error color"
msgstr "Cor de erro"
2011-04-30 21:52:35 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktrayicon-x11.c:146
2010-05-01 22:10:08 +00:00
msgid "Error color for symbolic icons"
msgstr "Cor de erro para as iconas simbólicas"
2011-04-30 21:52:35 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktrayicon-x11.c:153
2010-05-01 22:10:08 +00:00
msgid "Warning color"
msgstr "Cor de aviso"
2011-04-30 21:52:35 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktrayicon-x11.c:154
2010-05-01 22:10:08 +00:00
msgid "Warning color for symbolic icons"
msgstr "Cor de aviso para as iconas simbólicas"
2011-04-30 21:52:35 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktrayicon-x11.c:161
2010-05-01 22:10:08 +00:00
msgid "Success color"
msgstr "Cor de éxito"
2011-04-30 21:52:35 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktrayicon-x11.c:162
2010-05-01 22:10:08 +00:00
msgid "Success color for symbolic icons"
msgstr "Cor de éxito para as iconas simbólicas"
2011-04-30 21:52:35 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktrayicon-x11.c:170
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
msgid "Padding that should be put around icons in the tray"
2010-05-14 07:47:29 +00:00
msgstr "Separación que poñer ao redor das iconas na bandexa"
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
2011-04-30 21:52:35 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktrayicon-x11.c:179
msgid "Icon Size"
msgstr "Tamaño da icona"
#: ../gtk/gtktrayicon-x11.c:180
msgid "The pixel size that icons should be forced to, or zero"
2011-05-09 11:08:53 +00:00
msgstr "O tamaño do píxel ao que se deben forzar as iconas, ou cero"
2011-04-30 21:52:35 +00:00
2011-01-06 23:11:51 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktreemenu.c:287
msgid "TreeMenu model"
msgstr "Modelo TreeMenu"
#: ../gtk/gtktreemenu.c:288
msgid "The model for the tree menu"
msgstr "O modelo para o menú en árbore"
#: ../gtk/gtktreemenu.c:310
msgid "TreeMenu root row"
msgstr "Fila da raíz do TreeMenu"
#: ../gtk/gtktreemenu.c:311
msgid "The TreeMenu will display children of the specified root"
2011-01-09 15:42:40 +00:00
msgstr "O TreeMenu mostrará os fillos nunha raíz especificada"
2011-01-06 23:11:51 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktreemenu.c:344
msgid "Tearoff"
2011-02-05 23:26:36 +00:00
msgstr "Tirador"
2011-01-06 23:11:51 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktreemenu.c:345
msgid "Whether the menu has a tearoff item"
msgstr "Indica se o menú ten un elemento"
#: ../gtk/gtktreemenu.c:361
msgid "Wrap Width"
2011-01-14 15:49:43 +00:00
msgstr "Axustar largura"
2011-01-06 23:11:51 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktreemenu.c:362
msgid "Wrap width for laying out items in a grid"
2011-01-27 02:26:00 +00:00
msgstr "Axustar a largura para distribuír os elementos nunha grella"
2011-01-06 23:11:51 +00:00
2011-08-24 19:03:09 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktreemodelsort.c:491
msgid "TreeModelSort Model"
msgstr "Modelo TreeModelSort"
2011-08-24 19:03:09 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktreemodelsort.c:492
msgid "The model for the TreeModelSort to sort"
msgstr "O modelo para o TreeModelSort que ordenar"
#: ../gtk/gtktreeview.c:984
msgid "TreeView Model"
msgstr "Modelo TreeView"
2006-06-05 19:33:40 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktreeview.c:985
msgid "The model for the tree view"
msgstr "O modelo para a visualización en árbore"
2006-06-05 19:33:40 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktreeview.c:997
msgid "Headers Visible"
msgstr "Cabeceiras visíbeis"
#: ../gtk/gtktreeview.c:998
msgid "Show the column header buttons"
msgstr "Mostrar botóns nas cabeceiras de columna"
#: ../gtk/gtktreeview.c:1005
msgid "Headers Clickable"
msgstr "Cabeceiras premíbeis"
#: ../gtk/gtktreeview.c:1006
msgid "Column headers respond to click events"
msgstr "As cabeceiras de columna responden aos eventos de clic"
#: ../gtk/gtktreeview.c:1013
msgid "Expander Column"
msgstr "Columna expansora"
#: ../gtk/gtktreeview.c:1014
msgid "Set the column for the expander column"
msgstr "Estabelecer a columna para a columna expansora"
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktreeview.c:1029
msgid "Rules Hint"
msgstr "Suxestión das regras"
#: ../gtk/gtktreeview.c:1030
msgid "Set a hint to the theme engine to draw rows in alternating colors"
msgstr ""
"Define unha suxestión para o motor de tema para debuxar as filas con cores "
"alternas"
#: ../gtk/gtktreeview.c:1037
msgid "Enable Search"
msgstr "Activar a busca"
#: ../gtk/gtktreeview.c:1038
msgid "View allows user to search through columns interactively"
msgstr ""
"A visualización permite aos usuarios buscar de modo interactivo a través das "
"columnas"
#: ../gtk/gtktreeview.c:1045
msgid "Search Column"
msgstr "Columna de busca"
#: ../gtk/gtktreeview.c:1046
msgid "Model column to search through during interactive search"
msgstr "A columna de modelo na que buscar durante a busca interactiva"
#: ../gtk/gtktreeview.c:1066
msgid "Fixed Height Mode"
msgstr "Modo de altura fixa"
#: ../gtk/gtktreeview.c:1067
msgid "Speeds up GtkTreeView by assuming that all rows have the same height"
msgstr "Acelera GtkTreeView asumindo que todas as filas teñen a mesma altura"
#: ../gtk/gtktreeview.c:1087
msgid "Hover Selection"
msgstr "Seleccionar ao pasar por encima"
#: ../gtk/gtktreeview.c:1088
msgid "Whether the selection should follow the pointer"
msgstr "Indica se a selección debería seguir o punteiro"
#: ../gtk/gtktreeview.c:1107
msgid "Hover Expand"
msgstr "Expandir ao pasar por encima"
#: ../gtk/gtktreeview.c:1108
msgid ""
"Whether rows should be expanded/collapsed when the pointer moves over them"
msgstr ""
"Indica se as filas deben expandirse ou contraerse cando se move o punteiro "
"sobre elas"
#: ../gtk/gtktreeview.c:1122
msgid "Show Expanders"
msgstr "Mostrar expansores"
#: ../gtk/gtktreeview.c:1123
msgid "View has expanders"
msgstr "A visualización ten expansores"
#: ../gtk/gtktreeview.c:1137
msgid "Level Indentation"
msgstr "Nivel de sangría"
#: ../gtk/gtktreeview.c:1138
msgid "Extra indentation for each level"
msgstr "Sangría adicional para cada nivel"
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktreeview.c:1147
msgid "Rubber Banding"
msgstr "Tiras de goma"
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktreeview.c:1148
msgid ""
"Whether to enable selection of multiple items by dragging the mouse pointer"
msgstr ""
"Indica se se activa a selección de múltiples elementos arrastrando o "
"punteiro do rato"
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktreeview.c:1155
msgid "Enable Grid Lines"
2011-01-27 02:26:00 +00:00
msgstr "Activar as liñas da grella"
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktreeview.c:1156
msgid "Whether grid lines should be drawn in the tree view"
msgstr ""
2011-01-27 02:26:00 +00:00
"Indica se as liñas da grella se deben debuxar na visualización en árbore"
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktreeview.c:1164
msgid "Enable Tree Lines"
msgstr "Activar as liñas da árbore"
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktreeview.c:1165
msgid "Whether tree lines should be drawn in the tree view"
msgstr "Indica se se deben debuxar as liñas na visualización en árbore"
2006-06-05 19:33:40 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktreeview.c:1173
msgid "The column in the model containing the tooltip texts for the rows"
msgstr "A columna do modelo que contén os textos de indicación para as filas"
2006-06-05 19:33:40 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktreeview.c:1195
msgid "Vertical Separator Width"
msgstr "Largura do separador vertical"
2006-06-13 05:15:01 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktreeview.c:1196
msgid "Vertical space between cells. Must be an even number"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
msgstr "Espazo vertical entre celas. Debe ser un número par"
2006-06-13 05:15:01 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktreeview.c:1204
msgid "Horizontal Separator Width"
msgstr "Largura do separador horizontal"
2006-06-13 05:15:01 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktreeview.c:1205
msgid "Horizontal space between cells. Must be an even number"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
msgstr "Espazo horizontal entre celas. Debe ser un número par"
2006-06-13 05:15:01 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktreeview.c:1213
msgid "Allow Rules"
msgstr "Permitir regras"
#: ../gtk/gtktreeview.c:1214
msgid "Allow drawing of alternating color rows"
msgstr "Permitir debuxar filas con cores alternas"
#: ../gtk/gtktreeview.c:1220
msgid "Indent Expanders"
msgstr "Sangrar os expansores"
#: ../gtk/gtktreeview.c:1221
msgid "Make the expanders indented"
msgstr "Crear os expansores sangrados"
#: ../gtk/gtktreeview.c:1227
msgid "Even Row Color"
msgstr "Cor da fila par"
#: ../gtk/gtktreeview.c:1228
msgid "Color to use for even rows"
msgstr "Cor que usar para as filas pares"
#: ../gtk/gtktreeview.c:1234
msgid "Odd Row Color"
msgstr "Cor da fila impar"
#: ../gtk/gtktreeview.c:1235
msgid "Color to use for odd rows"
msgstr "Cor que usar para as filas impares"
#: ../gtk/gtktreeview.c:1241
msgid "Grid line width"
2011-01-27 02:26:00 +00:00
msgstr "Largura da liña da grella"
#: ../gtk/gtktreeview.c:1242
msgid "Width, in pixels, of the tree view grid lines"
2011-01-27 02:26:00 +00:00
msgstr "Largura, en píxeles, das liñas da grella da visualización en árbore"
#: ../gtk/gtktreeview.c:1248
msgid "Tree line width"
msgstr "Largura da liña da árbore"
#: ../gtk/gtktreeview.c:1249
msgid "Width, in pixels, of the tree view lines"
msgstr "Largura en píxeles das liñas da visualización en árbore"
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktreeview.c:1255
msgid "Grid line pattern"
2011-01-27 02:26:00 +00:00
msgstr "Patrón da liña da grella"
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktreeview.c:1256
msgid "Dash pattern used to draw the tree view grid lines"
msgstr ""
2011-01-27 02:26:00 +00:00
"Patrón de trazos usado para debuxar as liñas da grella da visualización en "
"árbore"
2006-06-13 05:15:01 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktreeview.c:1262
msgid "Tree line pattern"
msgstr "Patrón da liña da árbore"
2006-06-13 05:15:01 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktreeview.c:1263
msgid "Dash pattern used to draw the tree view lines"
msgstr ""
"Patrón de trazos usado para debuxar as liñas da visualización en árbore"
2006-06-13 05:15:01 +00:00
2011-06-21 11:58:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:249
msgid "Whether to display the column"
msgstr "Indica se se mostra a columna"
2006-06-13 05:15:01 +00:00
2011-08-16 11:31:28 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:256 ../gtk/gtkwindow.c:650
msgid "Resizable"
msgstr "Redimensionábel"
2006-06-13 05:15:01 +00:00
2011-06-21 11:58:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:257
msgid "Column is user-resizable"
msgstr "O usuario pode redimensionar a columna"
2006-06-13 05:15:01 +00:00
2011-06-21 11:58:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:265
msgid "Current X position of the column"
msgstr "Posición X actual da columna"
#: ../gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:275
msgid "Current width of the column"
msgstr "Largura actual da columna"
2006-06-13 05:15:01 +00:00
2011-06-21 11:58:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:292
msgid "Sizing"
msgstr "Dimensionamento"
2011-06-21 11:58:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:293
msgid "Resize mode of the column"
msgstr "Modo de redimensionamento da columna"
2011-06-21 11:58:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:301
msgid "Fixed Width"
msgstr "Largura fixa"
2011-06-21 11:58:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:302
msgid "Current fixed width of the column"
msgstr "Largura fixa actual da columna"
2011-06-21 11:58:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:312
msgid "Minimum allowed width of the column"
msgstr "Largura mínima permitida da columna"
2011-06-21 11:58:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:321
msgid "Maximum Width"
msgstr "Largura máxima"
2011-06-21 11:58:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:322
msgid "Maximum allowed width of the column"
msgstr "Largura máxima permitida da columna"
2011-06-21 11:58:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:332
msgid "Title to appear in column header"
msgstr "Título que aparecerá na cabeceira da columna"
2011-06-21 11:58:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:340
msgid "Column gets share of extra width allocated to the widget"
msgstr "A columna obtén unha parte da largura adicional asignada ao widget"
2011-06-21 11:58:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:347
msgid "Clickable"
msgstr "Premíbel"
2011-06-21 11:58:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:348
msgid "Whether the header can be clicked"
msgstr "Indica se a cabeceira se pode premer"
2011-06-21 11:58:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:356
msgid "Widget"
msgstr "Widget"
2011-06-21 11:58:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:357
msgid "Widget to put in column header button instead of column title"
msgstr ""
"O widget para colocar no botón da cabeceira da columna en vez do título da "
"columna"
2011-06-21 11:58:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:365
msgid "X Alignment of the column header text or widget"
msgstr "Aliñamento X do texto da cabeceira da columna ou do widget"
2011-06-21 11:58:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:375
msgid "Whether the column can be reordered around the headers"
msgstr "Indica se a columna se pode reordenar ao redor das cabeceiras"
2011-06-21 11:58:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:382
msgid "Sort indicator"
msgstr "Indicador de ordenación"
2011-06-21 11:58:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:383
msgid "Whether to show a sort indicator"
msgstr "Indica se se mostra un indicador de ordenación"
2011-06-21 11:58:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:390
msgid "Sort order"
msgstr "Orde de clasificación"
2011-06-21 11:58:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:391
msgid "Sort direction the sort indicator should indicate"
msgstr "Dirección de ordenación que o indicador deberá mostrar"
2011-06-21 11:58:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:407
2009-08-10 15:19:30 +00:00
msgid "Sort column ID"
2009-08-19 11:39:19 +00:00
msgstr "ID de columna de ordenación"
2009-08-10 15:19:30 +00:00
2011-06-21 11:58:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:408
2009-08-10 15:19:30 +00:00
msgid "Logical sort column ID this column sorts on when selected for sorting"
msgstr ""
2009-08-19 11:39:19 +00:00
"O ID de columna de ordenación lóxica ordena esta columna cando é "
"seleccionada para ordenar"
2009-08-10 15:19:30 +00:00
2011-04-30 21:52:35 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkuimanager.c:480
msgid "Whether tearoff menu items should be added to menus"
msgstr "Indica se se deben engadir elementos de menú despregábel aos menús"
2011-04-30 21:52:35 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkuimanager.c:487
msgid "Merged UI definition"
msgstr "Definición de IU combinado"
2011-04-30 21:52:35 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkuimanager.c:488
msgid "An XML string describing the merged UI"
msgstr "Unha cadea XML que describe o IU combinado"
2011-08-16 11:31:28 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkviewport.c:156
msgid "Determines how the shadowed box around the viewport is drawn"
msgstr ""
"Determina como se debuxa a caixa sombreada ao redor da área de visualización"
2011-01-06 23:11:51 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkvolumebutton.c:156
msgid "Use symbolic icons"
msgstr "Usar iconas simbólicas"
#: ../gtk/gtkvolumebutton.c:157
msgid "Whether to use symbolic icons"
msgstr "Indica se usar iconas simbólicas"
2011-08-16 11:31:28 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:950
msgid "Widget name"
msgstr "Nome do widget"
2011-08-16 11:31:28 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:951
msgid "The name of the widget"
msgstr "O nome do widget"
2011-08-16 11:31:28 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:957
msgid "Parent widget"
msgstr "Widget pai"
2011-08-16 11:31:28 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:958
msgid "The parent widget of this widget. Must be a Container widget"
msgstr "O widget pai deste widget. Debe ser un widget contedor"
2011-08-16 11:31:28 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:965
msgid "Width request"
msgstr "Solicitude de largura"
2011-08-16 11:31:28 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:966
msgid ""
"Override for width request of the widget, or -1 if natural request should be "
"used"
msgstr ""
"Sobrepor a solicitude de largura do widget ou -1 se se debe empregar a "
"solicitude normal"
2011-08-16 11:31:28 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:974
msgid "Height request"
msgstr "Solicitude de altura"
2011-08-16 11:31:28 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:975
msgid ""
"Override for height request of the widget, or -1 if natural request should "
"be used"
msgstr ""
"Sobrepor a solicitude de altura do widget ou -1 se se debe empregar a "
"solicitude normal"
2011-08-16 11:31:28 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:984
msgid "Whether the widget is visible"
msgstr "Indica se o widget é visíbel"
2011-08-16 11:31:28 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:991
msgid "Whether the widget responds to input"
msgstr "Indica se o widget responde á entrada de datos"
2011-08-16 11:31:28 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:997
msgid "Application paintable"
2009-08-10 15:19:30 +00:00
msgstr "Aplicativo pintábel"
2011-08-16 11:31:28 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:998
msgid "Whether the application will paint directly on the widget"
2009-08-10 15:19:30 +00:00
msgstr "Indica se o aplicativo pintará directamente sobre o widget"
2011-08-16 11:31:28 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:1004
msgid "Can focus"
msgstr "Pode enfocar"
2011-08-16 11:31:28 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:1005
msgid "Whether the widget can accept the input focus"
msgstr "Indica se o widget pode aceptar o foco de entrada"
2011-08-16 11:31:28 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:1011
msgid "Has focus"
msgstr "Ten foco"
2011-08-16 11:31:28 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:1012
msgid "Whether the widget has the input focus"
msgstr "Indica se o widget ten o foco de entrada"
2011-08-16 11:31:28 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:1018
msgid "Is focus"
msgstr "É o foco"
2011-08-16 11:31:28 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:1019
msgid "Whether the widget is the focus widget within the toplevel"
msgstr "Indica se o widget é o widget co foco, dentro do nivel superior"
2011-08-16 11:31:28 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:1025
msgid "Can default"
2011-01-27 02:26:00 +00:00
msgstr "Pode ser o predeterminado"
2011-08-16 11:31:28 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:1026
msgid "Whether the widget can be the default widget"
2011-01-27 02:26:00 +00:00
msgstr "Indica se o widget pode ser o widget predeterminado"
2011-08-16 11:31:28 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:1032
msgid "Has default"
2011-01-27 02:26:00 +00:00
msgstr "É o predeterminado"
2011-08-16 11:31:28 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:1033
msgid "Whether the widget is the default widget"
2011-01-27 02:26:00 +00:00
msgstr "Indica se o widget é o widget predeterminado"
2011-08-16 11:31:28 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:1039
msgid "Receives default"
2011-01-27 02:26:00 +00:00
msgstr "Recibe o predeterminado"
2011-08-16 11:31:28 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:1040
msgid "If TRUE, the widget will receive the default action when it is focused"
2011-01-27 02:26:00 +00:00
msgstr ""
"Se é TRUE, o widget recibirá a acción predeterminada cando estea enfocado"
2011-08-16 11:31:28 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:1046
msgid "Composite child"
msgstr "Fillo composto"
2011-08-16 11:31:28 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:1047
msgid "Whether the widget is part of a composite widget"
msgstr "Indica se o widget é parte dun widget composto"
2011-08-16 11:31:28 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:1053
msgid "Style"
msgstr "Estilo"
2011-08-16 11:31:28 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:1054
msgid ""
"The style of the widget, which contains information about how it will look "
"(colors etc)"
msgstr ""
2010-12-05 13:57:08 +00:00
"O estilo do widget, que contén información sobre a aparencia (cores, etc)"
2011-08-16 11:31:28 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:1060
msgid "Events"
msgstr "Eventos"
2011-08-16 11:31:28 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:1061
msgid "The event mask that decides what kind of GdkEvents this widget gets"
msgstr ""
"A máscara de eventos que decide que tipo de GdkEvents recibe este widget"
2011-08-16 11:31:28 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:1068
msgid "No show all"
msgstr "Non mostrar todo"
2011-08-16 11:31:28 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:1069
msgid "Whether gtk_widget_show_all() should not affect this widget"
msgstr "Indica se o gtk_widget_show_all() non debe afectar a este widget"
2011-08-16 11:31:28 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:1092
msgid "Whether this widget has a tooltip"
msgstr "Indica se este widget ten unha indicación"
2011-08-16 11:31:28 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:1148
msgid "Window"
msgstr "Xanela"
2011-08-16 11:31:28 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:1149
msgid "The widget's window if it is realized"
msgstr "A xanela do widget, se se crea"
2011-08-16 11:31:28 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:1163
2009-07-18 03:08:51 +00:00
msgid "Double Buffered"
2009-08-19 11:39:19 +00:00
msgstr "Con búfer dobre"
2009-07-18 03:08:51 +00:00
2011-08-16 11:31:28 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:1164
2010-08-11 16:19:34 +00:00
msgid "Whether the widget is double buffered"
2009-08-19 11:39:19 +00:00
msgstr "Indica se o widget conta ou non con búfer dobre"
2009-07-18 03:08:51 +00:00
2011-08-16 11:31:28 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:1179
2010-10-01 19:58:09 +00:00
msgid "How to position in extra horizontal space"
2010-10-24 23:13:13 +00:00
msgstr "Como posicionar no espazo horizontal adicional"
2010-10-01 19:58:09 +00:00
2011-08-16 11:31:28 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:1195
2010-10-01 19:58:09 +00:00
msgid "How to position in extra vertical space"
2010-10-24 23:13:13 +00:00
msgstr "Como posicionar no espazo vertical adicional"
2010-10-01 19:58:09 +00:00
2011-08-16 11:31:28 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:1214
2010-10-01 19:58:09 +00:00
msgid "Margin on Left"
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
msgstr "Marxe á esquerda"
2010-10-01 19:58:09 +00:00
2011-08-16 11:31:28 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:1215
2010-10-01 19:58:09 +00:00
msgid "Pixels of extra space on the left side"
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
msgstr "Píxeles de espacio adicional na lado esquerda"
2010-10-01 19:58:09 +00:00
2011-08-16 11:31:28 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:1235
2010-10-01 19:58:09 +00:00
msgid "Margin on Right"
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
msgstr "Marxe á dereita"
2010-10-01 19:58:09 +00:00
2011-08-16 11:31:28 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:1236
2010-10-01 19:58:09 +00:00
msgid "Pixels of extra space on the right side"
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
msgstr "Píxeles de espacio adicional na lado dereita"
2010-10-01 19:58:09 +00:00
2011-08-16 11:31:28 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:1256
2010-10-01 19:58:09 +00:00
msgid "Margin on Top"
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
msgstr "Marxe superior"
2010-10-01 19:58:09 +00:00
2011-08-16 11:31:28 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:1257
2010-10-01 19:58:09 +00:00
msgid "Pixels of extra space on the top side"
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
msgstr "Píxeles de espacio adicional na lado superior"
2010-10-01 19:58:09 +00:00
2011-08-16 11:31:28 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:1277
2010-10-01 19:58:09 +00:00
msgid "Margin on Bottom"
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
msgstr "Marxe inferior"
2010-10-01 19:58:09 +00:00
2011-08-16 11:31:28 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:1278
2010-10-01 19:58:09 +00:00
msgid "Pixels of extra space on the bottom side"
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
msgstr "Píxeles de espacio adicional na lado inferior"
2010-10-01 19:58:09 +00:00
2011-08-16 11:31:28 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:1295
2010-10-01 19:58:09 +00:00
msgid "All Margins"
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
msgstr "Todos os marxes"
2010-10-01 19:58:09 +00:00
2011-08-16 11:31:28 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:1296
2010-10-01 19:58:09 +00:00
msgid "Pixels of extra space on all four sides"
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
msgstr "Píxeles de espacio adicional nos catro lados"
2010-10-01 19:58:09 +00:00
2011-08-16 11:31:28 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:1329
2010-10-24 23:13:13 +00:00
msgid "Horizontal Expand"
msgstr "Expansión horizontal"
2011-08-16 11:31:28 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:1330
2010-10-24 23:13:13 +00:00
msgid "Whether widget wants more horizontal space"
msgstr "Indica se o widget quere usar máis espazo horizontal"
2011-08-16 11:31:28 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:1344
2010-10-24 23:13:13 +00:00
msgid "Horizontal Expand Set"
msgstr "Axuste de expansión horizontal"
2011-08-16 11:31:28 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:1345
2010-10-24 23:13:13 +00:00
msgid "Whether to use the hexpand property"
msgstr "Indica se se debe usar a propiedade hexpand"
2011-08-16 11:31:28 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:1359
2010-10-24 23:13:13 +00:00
msgid "Vertical Expand"
msgstr "Expansión vertical"
2011-08-16 11:31:28 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:1360
2010-10-24 23:13:13 +00:00
msgid "Whether widget wants more vertical space"
msgstr "Indica se o widget quere usar máis espazo vertical"
2011-08-16 11:31:28 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:1374
2010-10-24 23:13:13 +00:00
msgid "Vertical Expand Set"
msgstr "Axuste de expansión vertical"
2011-08-16 11:31:28 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:1375
2010-10-24 23:13:13 +00:00
msgid "Whether to use the vexpand property"
msgstr "Indica se se debe usar a propiedade vexpand"
2011-08-16 11:31:28 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:1389
2010-10-24 23:13:13 +00:00
msgid "Expand Both"
msgstr "Expandir en ambas"
2011-08-16 11:31:28 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:1390
2010-10-24 23:13:13 +00:00
msgid "Whether widget wants to expand in both directions"
msgstr "Indica se o widget quere expandirse en ámbalas dúas direccións"
2011-08-16 11:31:28 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:3029
msgid "Interior Focus"
msgstr "Foco interior"
2011-08-16 11:31:28 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:3030
msgid "Whether to draw the focus indicator inside widgets"
msgstr "Indica se se debuxa o foco indicador dentro dos widgets"
2011-08-16 11:31:28 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:3036
msgid "Focus linewidth"
msgstr "Enfocar a largura da liña"
2011-08-16 11:31:28 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:3037
msgid "Width, in pixels, of the focus indicator line"
msgstr "Largura en píxeles da liña indicadora do foco"
2011-08-16 11:31:28 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:3043
msgid "Focus line dash pattern"
msgstr "Patrón de trazos da liña de foco"
2011-08-16 11:31:28 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:3044
msgid "Dash pattern used to draw the focus indicator"
msgstr "Patrón de trazos empregado para debuxar o indicador de foco"
2011-08-16 11:31:28 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:3049
msgid "Focus padding"
msgstr "Recheo do foco"
2011-08-16 11:31:28 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:3050
msgid "Width, in pixels, between focus indicator and the widget 'box'"
msgstr "Largura en píxeles entre o indicador de foco e a 'caixa' do widget"
2011-08-16 11:31:28 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:3055
msgid "Cursor color"
msgstr "Cor do cursor"
2011-08-16 11:31:28 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:3056
msgid "Color with which to draw insertion cursor"
msgstr "Cor coa que debuxar o cursor de inserción"
2011-08-16 11:31:28 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:3061
msgid "Secondary cursor color"
msgstr "Cor secundaria do cursor"
2011-08-16 11:31:28 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:3062
msgid ""
"Color with which to draw the secondary insertion cursor when editing mixed "
"right-to-left and left-to-right text"
msgstr ""
"Cor coa que debuxar o cursor de inserción secundario cando se edita unha "
"mestura de texto de dereita a esquerda e de esquerda a dereita"
2011-08-16 11:31:28 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:3067
msgid "Cursor line aspect ratio"
msgstr "Proporción de aspecto da liña do cursor"
2011-08-16 11:31:28 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:3068
msgid "Aspect ratio with which to draw insertion cursor"
msgstr "Proporción de aspecto coa que debuxar o cursor de inserción"
2011-08-16 11:31:28 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:3074
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
msgid "Window dragging"
msgstr "Arrastre da xanela"
2011-08-16 11:31:28 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:3075
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
msgid "Whether windows can be dragged by clicking on empty areas"
msgstr "Indica se as xanelas se poden arrastrar premendo nas áreas baleiras"
2011-08-16 11:31:28 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:3088
msgid "Unvisited Link Color"
msgstr "Cor de ligazón non visitada"
2011-08-16 11:31:28 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:3089
msgid "Color of unvisited links"
msgstr "Cor de ligazóns non visitadas"
2011-08-16 11:31:28 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:3102
msgid "Visited Link Color"
msgstr "Cor de ligazón visitada"
2011-08-16 11:31:28 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:3103
msgid "Color of visited links"
msgstr "Cor de ligazóns visitadas"
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
2011-08-16 11:31:28 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:3117
msgid "Wide Separators"
2011-01-27 02:26:00 +00:00
msgstr "Separador longo"
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
2011-08-16 11:31:28 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:3118
msgid ""
"Whether separators have configurable width and should be drawn using a box "
"instead of a line"
msgstr ""
"Indica se os separadores teñen unha largura configurábel e se deberían "
"debuxarse usando unha caixa en vez dunha liña"
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
2011-08-16 11:31:28 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:3132
msgid "Separator Width"
msgstr "Largura do separador"
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
2011-08-16 11:31:28 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:3133
msgid "The width of separators if wide-separators is TRUE"
2010-12-05 13:57:08 +00:00
msgstr "A largura dos separadores se «wide-separators» é TRUE"
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
2011-08-16 11:31:28 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:3147
msgid "Separator Height"
2011-01-27 02:26:00 +00:00
msgstr "Altura dos separadores"
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
2011-08-16 11:31:28 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:3148
msgid "The height of separators if \"wide-separators\" is TRUE"
2010-12-05 13:57:08 +00:00
msgstr "A altura dos separadores se «wide-separators» é TRUE"
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
2011-08-16 11:31:28 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:3162
msgid "Horizontal Scroll Arrow Length"
msgstr "Lonxitude da frecha de desprazamento horizontal"
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
2011-08-16 11:31:28 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:3163
msgid "The length of horizontal scroll arrows"
msgstr "A lonxitude das frechas de desprazamento horizontal"
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
2011-08-16 11:31:28 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:3177
msgid "Vertical Scroll Arrow Length"
msgstr "Lonxitude das frechas de desprazamento vertical"
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
2011-08-16 11:31:28 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:3178
msgid "The length of vertical scroll arrows"
msgstr "A lonxitude das frechas de desprazamento vertical"
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
2011-08-16 11:31:28 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwindow.c:608
msgid "Window Type"
msgstr "Tipo de xanela"
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
2011-08-16 11:31:28 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwindow.c:609
msgid "The type of the window"
msgstr "O tipo da xanela"
2006-05-17 00:33:57 +00:00
2011-08-16 11:31:28 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwindow.c:617
msgid "Window Title"
msgstr "Título da xanela"
2006-05-17 00:33:57 +00:00
2011-08-16 11:31:28 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwindow.c:618
msgid "The title of the window"
msgstr "O título da xanela"
2006-05-17 00:33:57 +00:00
2011-08-16 11:31:28 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwindow.c:625
msgid "Window Role"
msgstr "Rol da xanela"
2006-05-17 00:33:57 +00:00
2011-08-16 11:31:28 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwindow.c:626
msgid "Unique identifier for the window to be used when restoring a session"
msgstr ""
"Identificador único para a xanela que se usará ao restaurar unha sesión"
2011-08-16 11:31:28 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwindow.c:642
msgid "Startup ID"
msgstr "ID de inicio"
2011-08-16 11:31:28 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwindow.c:643
msgid "Unique startup identifier for the window used by startup-notification"
msgstr ""
"Identificador único para a xanela que se usará para a notificación de inicio"
2011-08-16 11:31:28 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwindow.c:651
msgid "If TRUE, users can resize the window"
msgstr "Se é TRUE, os usuarios poden redimensionar a xanela"
2011-08-16 11:31:28 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwindow.c:658
msgid "Modal"
msgstr "Modal"
2011-08-16 11:31:28 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwindow.c:659
msgid ""
"If TRUE, the window is modal (other windows are not usable while this one is "
"up)"
msgstr ""
2010-03-04 23:25:31 +00:00
"Se é TRUE, a xanela é modal (non é posíbel usar outras xanelas mentres esta "
"está encima)"
2011-08-16 11:31:28 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwindow.c:666
msgid "Window Position"
msgstr "Posición da xanela"
2011-08-16 11:31:28 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwindow.c:667
msgid "The initial position of the window"
msgstr "A posición inicial da xanela"
2011-08-16 11:31:28 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwindow.c:675
msgid "Default Width"
2011-01-27 02:26:00 +00:00
msgstr "Largura predeterminada"
2011-08-16 11:31:28 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwindow.c:676
msgid "The default width of the window, used when initially showing the window"
msgstr ""
2011-01-27 02:26:00 +00:00
"A largura predeterminada da xanela, usada cando se mostra inicialmente a "
"xanela"
2011-08-16 11:31:28 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwindow.c:685
msgid "Default Height"
2011-01-27 02:26:00 +00:00
msgstr "Altura predeterminada"
2011-08-16 11:31:28 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwindow.c:686
msgid ""
"The default height of the window, used when initially showing the window"
msgstr ""
2011-01-27 02:26:00 +00:00
"A altura predeterminada da xanela, usada cando se mostra inicialmente a "
"xanela"
2011-08-16 11:31:28 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwindow.c:695
msgid "Destroy with Parent"
msgstr "Destruír co pai"
2011-08-16 11:31:28 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwindow.c:696
msgid "If this window should be destroyed when the parent is destroyed"
msgstr "Se esta xanela debería ser destruída cando se destrúe o pai"
2011-08-16 11:31:28 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwindow.c:704
msgid "Icon for this window"
msgstr "Icona para esta xanela"
2011-08-16 11:31:28 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwindow.c:722
2009-12-22 03:24:59 +00:00
msgid "Mnemonics Visible"
2010-03-04 23:25:31 +00:00
msgstr "Mnemónicos visíbeis"
2009-12-22 03:24:59 +00:00
2011-08-16 11:31:28 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwindow.c:723
2009-12-22 03:24:59 +00:00
msgid "Whether mnemonics are currently visible in this window"
2010-03-04 23:25:31 +00:00
msgstr "Indica se os mnemónicos están visíbeis actualmente nesta xanela"
2009-12-22 03:24:59 +00:00
2011-08-16 11:31:28 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwindow.c:741
msgid "Focus Visible"
msgstr "Foco visíbel"
#: ../gtk/gtkwindow.c:742
msgid "Whether focus rectangles are currently visible in this window"
msgstr ""
"Indica se os rectángulos de foco están visíbeis actualmente nesta xanela"
#: ../gtk/gtkwindow.c:758
msgid "Name of the themed icon for this window"
msgstr "Nome da icona de tema para esta xanela"
2011-08-16 11:31:28 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwindow.c:773
msgid "Is Active"
msgstr "Está activo"
2011-08-16 11:31:28 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwindow.c:774
msgid "Whether the toplevel is the current active window"
msgstr "Indica se o nivel superior é a xanela activa actual"
2011-08-16 11:31:28 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwindow.c:781
msgid "Focus in Toplevel"
msgstr "Foco no nivel superior"
2011-08-16 11:31:28 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwindow.c:782
msgid "Whether the input focus is within this GtkWindow"
msgstr "Indica se o foco de entrada está dentro desta GtkWindow"
2011-08-16 11:31:28 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwindow.c:789
msgid "Type hint"
msgstr "Suxestión de tipo"
2011-08-16 11:31:28 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwindow.c:790
msgid ""
"Hint to help the desktop environment understand what kind of window this is "
"and how to treat it."
msgstr ""
"Suxestión para axudar ao contorno de escritorio a entender que clase de "
"xanela é e como tratar con ela."
2011-08-16 11:31:28 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwindow.c:798
msgid "Skip taskbar"
msgstr "Omitir a barra de tarefas"
2011-08-16 11:31:28 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwindow.c:799
msgid "TRUE if the window should not be in the task bar."
msgstr "É TRUE se a xanela non debe estar na barra de tarefas."
2011-08-16 11:31:28 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwindow.c:806
msgid "Skip pager"
msgstr "Omitir o paxinador"
2011-08-16 11:31:28 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwindow.c:807
msgid "TRUE if the window should not be in the pager."
msgstr "É TRUE se a xanela non debe estar no paxinador."
2011-08-16 11:31:28 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwindow.c:814
msgid "Urgent"
msgstr "Urxente"
2011-08-16 11:31:28 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwindow.c:815
msgid "TRUE if the window should be brought to the user's attention."
msgstr "É TRUE se a xanela debe chamar a atención do usuario."
2011-08-16 11:31:28 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwindow.c:829
msgid "Accept focus"
msgstr "Aceptar o foco"
2011-08-16 11:31:28 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwindow.c:830
msgid "TRUE if the window should receive the input focus."
msgstr "É TRUE se a xanela non debe recibir o foco de entrada."
2011-08-16 11:31:28 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwindow.c:844
msgid "Focus on map"
msgstr "Foco no mapa"
2011-08-16 11:31:28 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwindow.c:845
msgid "TRUE if the window should receive the input focus when mapped."
msgstr "É TRUE se a xanela debería recibir o foco de entrada cando se mapee."
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
2011-08-16 11:31:28 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwindow.c:859
msgid "Decorated"
msgstr "Decorado"
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
2011-08-16 11:31:28 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwindow.c:860
msgid "Whether the window should be decorated by the window manager"
msgstr "Indica se o xestor de xanelas debe decorar a xanela"
2011-08-16 11:31:28 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwindow.c:874
msgid "Deletable"
msgstr "Eliminábel"
2011-08-16 11:31:28 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwindow.c:875
msgid "Whether the window frame should have a close button"
msgstr "Indica se o marco da xanela debería ter un botón de pechar"
2011-08-16 11:31:28 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwindow.c:894
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
msgid "Resize grip"
2010-10-24 23:13:13 +00:00
msgstr "Tirador de redimensión"
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
2011-08-16 11:31:28 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwindow.c:895
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
msgid "Specifies whether the window should have a resize grip"
2010-10-24 23:13:13 +00:00
msgstr "Indica se a xanela debe ter un tirador de redimensión"
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
2011-08-16 11:31:28 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwindow.c:909
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
msgid "Resize grip is visible"
2010-10-24 23:13:13 +00:00
msgstr "O tirador de redimensión é visíbel"
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
2011-08-16 11:31:28 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwindow.c:910
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
msgid "Specifies whether the window's resize grip is visible."
2010-10-24 23:13:13 +00:00
msgstr "Indica se o tirador de redimensión da xanela é visíbel."
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
2011-08-16 11:31:28 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwindow.c:926
msgid "Gravity"
msgstr "Gravidade"
2011-08-16 11:31:28 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwindow.c:927
msgid "The window gravity of the window"
msgstr "O tipo de gravidade da xanela"
2011-08-16 11:31:28 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwindow.c:944
msgid "Transient for Window"
msgstr "Transición para a xanela"
2005-10-19 23:09:08 +00:00
2011-08-16 11:31:28 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwindow.c:945
msgid "The transient parent of the dialog"
2009-11-13 10:27:54 +00:00
msgstr "O pai transicional do diálogo"
2005-10-19 23:09:08 +00:00
2011-08-16 11:31:28 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwindow.c:960
msgid "Opacity for Window"
msgstr "Opacidade para a xanela"
2011-08-16 11:31:28 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwindow.c:961
msgid "The opacity of the window, from 0 to 1"
msgstr "A opacidade da xanela; de 0 até 1"
2011-08-16 11:31:28 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwindow.c:971 ../gtk/gtkwindow.c:972
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
msgid "Width of resize grip"
2010-10-24 23:13:13 +00:00
msgstr "Anchura do tirador de redimensión"
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
2011-08-16 11:31:28 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwindow.c:977 ../gtk/gtkwindow.c:978
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
msgid "Height of resize grip"
2010-10-24 23:13:13 +00:00
msgstr "Altura do tirador de redimensión"
2011-08-16 11:31:28 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwindow.c:1000
2010-10-24 23:13:13 +00:00
msgid "GtkApplication"
msgstr "GtkApplication"
2011-08-16 11:31:28 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwindow.c:1001
2010-10-24 23:13:13 +00:00
msgid "The GtkApplication for the window"
msgstr "O GtkApplication para a xanela"
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
2011-07-10 22:12:43 +00:00
#: ../modules/printbackends/cups/gtkprintercups.c:95
msgid "Color Profile Title"
msgstr "Título do perfil de cor"
#: ../modules/printbackends/cups/gtkprintercups.c:96
msgid "The title of the color profile to use"
msgstr "O título do perfil de cor que usar"
2011-08-16 11:31:28 +00:00
#~ msgid "The title of the font selection dialog"
#~ msgstr "O título do diálogo de selección do tipo de letra"
#~ msgid "Background rgba"
#~ msgstr "RGBA de fondo"
#~ msgid "Foreground rgba"
#~ msgstr "RGBA de primeiro plano"
#~ msgid "Paragraph background rgba"
#~ msgstr "RGBA de fondo do parágrafo"
2011-06-21 11:58:45 +00:00
#~ msgid "Not Authorized Text"
#~ msgstr "Texto non autorizado"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "The text to display when prompting the user cannot obtain authorization"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "O texto que mostrar ao mostrar ao usuario que non foi posíbel obter unha "
#~ "autorización"
2011-05-09 11:08:53 +00:00
#~ msgid "Background color as a (possibly unallocated) GdkColor"
#~ msgstr "Cor de fondo como unha (posibelmente non asignada) GdkColor"
#~ msgid "Foreground color as a (possibly unallocated) GdkColor"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Cor de primeiro plano como unha (posibelmente non asignada) GdkColor"
#~ msgid "Paragraph background color as a (possibly unallocated) GdkColor"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Cor de fondo do parágrafo como unha GdkColor (posibelmente non asignada)"
2011-01-06 23:11:51 +00:00
#~ msgid ""
#~ "The label for the link to the website of the program. If this is not set, "
#~ "it defaults to the URL"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "A etiqueta para a ligazón ao sitio web do programa. Se non se define, "
#~ "usarase o URL predefinido"
#~ msgid "Tab pack type"
#~ msgstr "Tipo de empaquetado de separador"
#~ msgid "Update policy"
#~ msgstr "Política de actualización"
#~ msgid "How the range should be updated on the screen"
#~ msgstr "Como se debe actualizar o intervalo na pantalla"
#~ msgid "Number of steps"
#~ msgstr "Número de pasos"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "The number of steps for the spinner to complete a full loop. The "
#~ "animation will complete a full cycle in one second by default (see "
#~ "#GtkSpinner:cycle-duration)."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "O número de pasos do spinner para completar o bucle. A animación "
#~ "completará un ciclo completo nun segundo de forma predefinida (vexa "
#~ "#GtkSpinner:cicyle-duration)."
#~ msgid "Animation duration"
#~ msgstr "Duración da animación"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "The length of time in milliseconds for the spinner to complete a full loop"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "O tempo en milisegundos para que o spinner complete un bucle completo"
#~ msgid "Extension events"
#~ msgstr "Eventos de extensión"
#~ msgid "The mask that decides what kind of extension events this widget gets"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "A máscara que decide que clase de eventos de extensión consegue este "
#~ "widget"
2010-12-05 13:57:08 +00:00
# verificar: High= alta e low= baixa
#~ msgid "Lower"
#~ msgstr "Inferior"
#~ msgid "Lower limit of ruler"
#~ msgstr "Límite inferior da regra"
#~ msgid "Upper"
#~ msgstr "Superior"
#~ msgid "Upper limit of ruler"
#~ msgstr "Límite superior da regra"
#~ msgid "Position of mark on the ruler"
#~ msgstr "Posición da marca na regra"
#~ msgid "Max Size"
#~ msgstr "Tamaño máximo"
#~ msgid "Maximum size of the ruler"
#~ msgstr "Tamaño máximo da regra"
#~ msgid "Metric"
#~ msgstr "Métrica"
#~ msgid "The metric used for the ruler"
#~ msgstr "A métrica que se usa na regra"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#~ msgid "Horizontal Adjustment for the widget"
#~ msgstr "Axuste horizontal para o widget"
2006-05-17 00:33:57 +00:00
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#~ msgid "Vertical Adjustment for the widget"
#~ msgstr "Axuste vertical para o widget"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "The GtkAdjustment that determines the values of the horizontal position "
#~ "for this viewport"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "O GtkAdjustment que determina os valores da posición horizontal para esta "
#~ "área de visualización"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "The GtkAdjustment that determines the values of the vertical position for "
#~ "this viewport"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "O GtkAdjustment que determina os valores da posición vertical para esta "
#~ "área de visualización"
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#~ msgid "Whether the statusbar has a grip for resizing the toplevel"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Indica se a barra de estado ten un tirador para redimensionar o nivel "
#~ "superior"
2010-10-01 19:58:09 +00:00
#~ msgid "Has separator"
#~ msgstr "Ten un separador"
#~ msgid "The dialog has a separator bar above its buttons"
#~ msgstr "A caixa de diálogo ten unha barra separadora sobre os seus botóns"
#~ msgid "State Hint"
#~ msgstr "Suxestión de estado"
#~ msgid "Whether to pass a proper state when drawing shadow or background"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Indica se se pasa unha propiedade de estado cando se debuxe a sombra ou o "
#~ "fondo"
#~ msgid "Deprecated property, use shadow_type instead"
#~ msgstr "Propiedade anticuada; use shadow_type no seu lugar"
#~ msgid "Pixmap"
#~ msgstr "Mapa de píxeles"
#~ msgid "A GdkPixmap to display"
#~ msgstr "Un GdkPixmap para mostrar"
#~ msgid "Mask"
#~ msgstr "Máscara"
#~ msgid "Mask bitmap to use with GdkPixmap"
#~ msgstr "A máscara do mapa de bits que se vai usar con GdkPixmap"
#~ msgid "Use separator"
#~ msgstr "Usar un separador"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "Whether to put a separator between the message dialog's text and the "
#~ "buttons"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Indica se se pon un separador entre o texto do diálogo de mensaxe e os "
#~ "botóns"
#~ msgid "Draw slider ACTIVE during drag"
#~ msgstr "Debuxar control desprazábel ACTIVO durante o arrastre"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "With this option set to TRUE, sliders will be drawn ACTIVE and with "
#~ "shadow IN while they are dragged"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Con esta opción definida como TRUE, os controis desprazábeis debuxaranse "
#~ "como ACTIVOS e con sombra DENTRO ao arrastralos"
#~ msgid "Trough Side Details"
#~ msgstr "Detalles do lado do canal"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "When TRUE, the parts of the trough on the two sides of the slider are "
#~ "drawn with different details"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Cando é TRUE, as partes do canal nos dous lados do control desprazábel "
#~ "debúxanse con detalles diferentes"
#~ msgid "Stepper Position Details"
#~ msgstr "Detalles da posición da frecha"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "When TRUE, the detail string for rendering the steppers is suffixed with "
#~ "position information"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Cando sea TRUE, á cadea de detalles para debuxar as datas engádenselle un "
#~ "sufixo con información de posición"
#~ msgid "Blinking"
#~ msgstr "Intermitencia"
#~ msgid "Row Ending details"
#~ msgstr "Detalles de terminación de fila"
#~ msgid "Enable extended row background theming"
#~ msgstr "Activar o tema do fondo de estendido de fila"
2010-08-23 00:22:00 +00:00
#~ msgid "Draw Border"
#~ msgstr "Debuxar bordo"
#~ msgid "Size of areas outside the widget's allocation to draw"
#~ msgstr "Tamaño das áreas fóra da asignación do widget para debuxar"
2010-08-17 16:35:35 +00:00
#~ msgid "the GdkScreen for the renderer"
#~ msgstr "o GdkScreen para o renderizador"
#~ msgid "A GdkImage to display"
#~ msgstr "Un GdkImage para mostrar"
#~ msgid "Background stipple mask"
#~ msgstr "Máscara de puntos do fondo"
#~ msgid "Bitmap to use as a mask when drawing the text background"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "O mapa de bits que se vai usar como unha máscara cando se debuxe o fondo "
#~ "do texto"
#~ msgid "Foreground stipple mask"
#~ msgstr "Máscara de puntos de primeiro plano"
#~ msgid "Bitmap to use as a mask when drawing the text foreground"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "O mapa de bits que usar como máscara ao debuxar o primeiro plano de texto"
#~ msgid "Background stipple set"
#~ msgstr "Definición da liña punteada de fondo"
#~ msgid "Whether this tag affects the background stipple"
#~ msgstr "Indica se esta marca afecta á liña punteada de fondo"
#~ msgid "Foreground stipple set"
#~ msgstr "Definición da liña punteada de primeiro plano"
#~ msgid "Whether this tag affects the foreground stipple"
#~ msgstr "Indica se esta marca afecta á liña punteada de primeiro plano"
2010-08-11 16:19:34 +00:00
#~ msgid "The adjustment that holds the value of the spinbutton."
#~ msgstr "O axuste que mantén o valor do botón de axuste."
#~ msgid "Invisible char set"
#~ msgstr "Carácter invisíbel definido"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#~ msgid ""
#~ "The maximum number of items to be returned by gtk_recent_manager_get_items"
#~ "()"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "O número máximo de elementos que serán devoltos polo "
#~ "gtk_recent_manager_get_items()"
2010-07-07 15:54:03 +00:00
#~ msgid "Loop"
#~ msgstr "Facer bucle"
#~ msgid "Whether the animation should loop when it reaches the end"
#~ msgstr "Cando a animación debería recomezar ao acadar o fin"
#~ msgid "Number of Channels"
#~ msgstr "Número de canles"
#~ msgid "The number of samples per pixel"
#~ msgstr "O número de mostras por píxel"
#~ msgid "Colorspace"
#~ msgstr "Espazo de cor"
#~ msgid "The colorspace in which the samples are interpreted"
#~ msgstr "O espazo de cor en que se interpretan as mostras"
#~ msgid "Has Alpha"
#~ msgstr "Ten alfa"
#~ msgid "Whether the pixbuf has an alpha channel"
#~ msgstr "Indica se o pixbuf ten unha canle alfa"
#~ msgid "Bits per Sample"
#~ msgstr "Bits por mostra"
#~ msgid "The number of bits per sample"
#~ msgstr "O número de bits por mostra"
#~ msgid "The number of columns of the pixbuf"
#~ msgstr "O número de columnas do pixbuf"
#~ msgid "The number of rows of the pixbuf"
#~ msgstr "O número de filas do pixbuf"
#~ msgid "Rowstride"
#~ msgstr "Separación de filas"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "The number of bytes between the start of a row and the start of the next "
#~ "row"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "O número de bytes entre o inicio dunha fila e o inicio da fila seguinte"
#~ msgid "Pixels"
#~ msgstr "Píxeles"
#~ msgid "A pointer to the pixel data of the pixbuf"
#~ msgstr "Un punteiro para os datos de píxel do pixbuf"
#~ msgid "The GdkFont that is currently selected"
#~ msgstr "O GdkFont que está actualmente seleccionado"
#~ msgid "Allow Shrink"
#~ msgstr "Permitir redución"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "If TRUE, the window has no mimimum size. Setting this to TRUE is 99% of "
#~ "the time a bad idea"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Se é TRUE, a xanela non ten tamaño mínimo. Colocar este valor como TRUE é "
#~ "unha mala idea o 99% das veces"
#~ msgid "Allow Grow"
#~ msgstr "Permitir crecemento"
#~ msgid "If TRUE, users can expand the window beyond its minimum size"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Se é TRUE, os usuarios poden expandir a xanela máis alá do seu tamaño "
#~ "mínimo"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#~ msgid "Activity mode"
#~ msgstr "Modo de actividade"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "If TRUE, the GtkProgress is in activity mode, meaning that it signals "
#~ "something is happening, but not how much of the activity is finished. "
#~ "This is used when you're doing something but don't know how long it will "
#~ "take."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Se é TRUE, o GtkProgress está en modo de actividade, o que significa que "
#~ "indica que algo está pasando, mais non que parte da actividade está "
#~ "terminada. Isto úsase cando está facendo algo que non sabe canto tempo "
#~ "pode tardar."
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#~ msgid "Enable arrow keys"
#~ msgstr "Activar as teclas de frecha"
#~ msgid "Whether the arrow keys move through the list of items"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Indica se as teclas de frecha permiten moverse a través da lista de "
#~ "elementos"
#~ msgid "Always enable arrows"
#~ msgstr "Activar sempre as frechas"
#~ msgid "Obsolete property, ignored"
#~ msgstr "Propiedade obsoleta; ignorada"
#~ msgid "Case sensitive"
#~ msgstr "Diferenciar maiúsculas de minúsculas"
#~ msgid "Whether list item matching is case sensitive"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Indica se a lista de elementos coincidentes diferencia maiúsculas de "
#~ "minúsculas"
#~ msgid "Allow empty"
#~ msgstr "Permitir baleiro"
#~ msgid "Whether an empty value may be entered in this field"
#~ msgstr "Indica se se pode introducir neste campo un valor baleiro"
#~ msgid "Value in list"
#~ msgstr "Valor da lista"
#~ msgid "Whether entered values must already be present in the list"
#~ msgstr "Indica se os valores introducidos deben estar xa presentes na lista"
#~ msgid "Is this curve linear, spline interpolated, or free-form"
#~ msgstr "Se esta curva é lineal, spline interpolada ou de forma libre"
#~ msgid "Minimum X"
#~ msgstr "X mínimo"
#~ msgid "Minimum possible value for X"
#~ msgstr "Mínimo valor posíbel para X"
#~ msgid "Maximum X"
#~ msgstr "X máximo"
#~ msgid "Maximum possible X value"
#~ msgstr "Máximo valor posíbel para X"
#~ msgid "Minimum Y"
#~ msgstr "Y mínimo"
#~ msgid "Minimum possible value for Y"
#~ msgstr "Mínimo valor posíbel para Y"
#~ msgid "Maximum Y"
#~ msgstr "Y máximo"
#~ msgid "Maximum possible value for Y"
#~ msgstr "Máximo valor posíbel para Y"
#~ msgid "File System Backend"
#~ msgstr "Backend do sistema de ficheiros"
#~ msgid "Name of file system backend to use"
#~ msgstr "Nome do backend do sistema de ficheiros para usar"
#~ msgid "The currently selected filename"
#~ msgstr "O nome do ficheiro actualmente seleccionado"
#~ msgid "Show file operations"
#~ msgstr "Mostrar operacións de ficheiro"
#~ msgid "Whether buttons for creating/manipulating files should be displayed"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Indica se se deben mostrar os botóns de creación ou manipulación de "
#~ "ficheiros"
#~ msgid "Tab Border"
#~ msgstr "Bordo de separador"
#~ msgid "Width of the border around the tab labels"
#~ msgstr "Largura do bordo ao redor das etiquetas de separador"
#~ msgid "Horizontal Tab Border"
#~ msgstr "Bordo horizontal de separador"
#~ msgid "Width of the horizontal border of tab labels"
#~ msgstr "Largura do bordo horizontal das etiquetas de separador"
#~ msgid "Vertical Tab Border"
#~ msgstr "Bordo vertical de separador"
#~ msgid "Width of the vertical border of tab labels"
#~ msgstr "Largura do bordo vertical das etiquetas de separador"
#~ msgid "Whether tabs should have homogeneous sizes"
#~ msgstr "Indica se os separadores deben ter tamaños homoxéneos"
#~ msgid "Group ID for tabs drag and drop"
#~ msgstr "ID de grupo para arrastrar e soltar os separadores"
#~ msgid "User Data"
#~ msgstr "Información de usuario"
#~ msgid "Anonymous User Data Pointer"
#~ msgstr "Punteiro de información de usuario anónimo"
#~ msgid "The menu of options"
#~ msgstr "O menú de opcións"
#~ msgid "Size of dropdown indicator"
#~ msgstr "Tamaño do indicador despregábel"
#~ msgid "Spacing around indicator"
#~ msgstr "Espazamento ao redor do indicador"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "Whether the preview widget should take up the entire space it is allocated"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Indica se o widget de previsualización debe tomar o espazo enteiro onde "
#~ "está asignado"
#~ msgid "The GtkAdjustment connected to the progress bar (Deprecated)"
#~ msgstr "O GtkAdjustment conectado á barra de progreso (obsoleto)"
#~ msgid "Bar style"
#~ msgstr "Estilo da barra"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "Specifies the visual style of the bar in percentage mode (Deprecated)"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Especifica o estilo visual da barra no modo de porcentaxe (obsoleto)"
#~ msgid "Activity Step"
#~ msgstr "Paso de actividade"
#~ msgid "The increment used for each iteration in activity mode (Deprecated)"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "O incremento empregado en cada iteración no modo de actividade (obsoleto)"
#~ msgid "Activity Blocks"
#~ msgstr "Bloques de actividade"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "The number of blocks which can fit in the progress bar area in activity "
#~ "mode (Deprecated)"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "A cantidade de bloques que poden encaixar na área da barra de progreso no "
#~ "modo de actividade (obsoleto)"
#~ msgid "Discrete Blocks"
#~ msgstr "Bloques diferenciados"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "The number of discrete blocks in a progress bar (when shown in the "
#~ "discrete style)"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "O número de bloques diferenciados na barra de progreso (cando se mostra "
#~ "no estilo diferenciado)"
#~ msgid "Horizontal adjustment for the text widget"
#~ msgstr "Axuste horizontal para o widget de texto"
#~ msgid "Vertical adjustment for the text widget"
#~ msgstr "Axuste vertical para o widget de texto"
#~ msgid "Line Wrap"
#~ msgstr "Axuste de liña"
#~ msgid "Whether lines are wrapped at widget edges"
#~ msgstr "Indica se as liñas se axustan aos bordos do widget"
#~ msgid "Word Wrap"
#~ msgstr "Axuste de palabra"
#~ msgid "Whether words are wrapped at widget edges"
#~ msgstr "Indica se as palabras se axustan aos bordos do widget"
#~ msgid "Tooltips"
#~ msgstr "Indicacións"
#~ msgid "If the tooltips of the toolbar should be active or not"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Se as indicacións da barra de ferramentas deben estar activadas ou non"